TWI749340B - Adhesive sheets and optical components - Google Patents

Adhesive sheets and optical components Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI749340B
TWI749340B TW108123674A TW108123674A TWI749340B TW I749340 B TWI749340 B TW I749340B TW 108123674 A TW108123674 A TW 108123674A TW 108123674 A TW108123674 A TW 108123674A TW I749340 B TWI749340 B TW I749340B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
fonts
adhesive
meth
document
acrylate
Prior art date
Application number
TW108123674A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201938733A (en
Inventor
渡部奈津子
天野立巳
Original Assignee
日商日東電工股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商日東電工股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商日東電工股份有限公司
Publication of TW201938733A publication Critical patent/TW201938733A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI749340B publication Critical patent/TWI749340B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D167/00—Coating compositions based on polyesters obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic ester link in the main chain; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09J—ADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J133/00—Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09J—ADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J175/00—Adhesives based on polyureas or polyurethanes; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09J175/04—Polyurethanes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09J—ADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00—Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20—Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • C09J7/22—Plastics; Metallised plastics
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09J—ADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00—Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20—Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • C09J7/22—Plastics; Metallised plastics
    • C09J7/25—Plastics; Metallised plastics based on macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C09J7/255—Polyesters
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09J—ADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2467/00—Presence of polyester
    • C09J2467/006—Presence of polyester in the substrate

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種能夠實現黏著特性及拾取性之提高之黏著片材以及由上述黏著片材保護之光學構件。本發明之黏著片材之特徵在於，依序具有第一樹脂層、接著層、第二樹脂層及由黏著劑組合物形成之黏著劑層，上述接著層之厚度相對於上述第一樹脂層之厚度與上述第二樹脂層之厚度之和的比值為0.50以下，上述接著層之23℃下之儲存彈性模數為1.0×104 Pa以上且未達5.0×107 Pa，上述黏著劑組合物含有含環氧烷基化合物。The present invention provides an adhesive sheet capable of improving adhesion characteristics and pick-up properties, and an optical member protected by the adhesive sheet. The adhesive sheet of the present invention is characterized in that it has a first resin layer, an adhesive layer, a second resin layer, and an adhesive layer formed of an adhesive composition in this order, and the thickness of the adhesive layer is relative to that of the first resin layer. The ratio of the thickness to the sum of the thickness of the second resin layer is 0.50 or less, and the storage elastic modulus of the adhesive layer at 23°C is 1.0×10 4 Pa or more and less than 5.0×10 7 Pa. The adhesive composition Contains epoxy alkyl compound.

Description

黏著片材及光學構件Adhesive sheet and optical component

本發明係關於一種黏著片材及光學構件。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 本發明之黏著片材作為以保護液晶顯示器、有機EL(電致發光)顯示器、觸控面板顯示器等中使用之偏光板、波長板、相位差板、光學補償膜、反射片材、增亮膜、覆蓋玻璃、覆蓋片材、硬質塗層膜、透明導電玻璃、透明導電性膜等光學構件表面之目的而使用之表面保護膜較為有用。The invention relates to an adhesive sheet and an optical component. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The adhesive sheet of the present invention is used as a polarizing plate, wavelength plate, phase difference plate, optical compensation film, reflective sheet, and brightness enhancement film used in protecting liquid crystal displays, organic EL (electroluminescence) displays, touch panel displays, etc. , Cover glass, cover sheet, hard coat film, transparent conductive glass, transparent conductive film and other optical component surfaces used for the purpose of surface protection film is more useful.

近年來，於光學零件、電子零件之輸送或於印字基板上安裝時，進行藉由用特定之片材包裝之狀態或者貼附有黏著帶之狀態移送各個零件。其中，於光學、電子零件之領域中特別廣泛地使用表面保護膜。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 表面保護膜一般經由塗佈於支持膜側之黏著劑貼合於被接著體上，並以防止被接著體之加工、運送時產生之劃痕或污漬之目的而使用(專利文獻1)。例如，液晶顯示器之面板藉由經由黏著劑將偏光板或波長板等光學構件貼合於液晶單元上而形成。該等光學構件經由黏著劑貼合有表面保護膜，防止被接著體之加工、運送時產生之劃痕或污漬。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，該表面保護膜於不再需要之階段被剝離除去，但伴隨液晶顯示板之大型化、或薄層化，於剝離步驟中容易產生對偏光板或液晶單元之損傷，因此要求具有於剝離時不產生翹起等之適度之黏著力，並且要求輕剝離性、拾取性等以能夠再剝離。特別是，近年來伴隨顯示器之薄型化，構成顯示器之光學構件亦薄型化，厚度150 μm以下、以及更薄之100 μm以下之光學構件，於運送步驟中光學構件撓曲，由此無法運送。另外，亦產生無法將光學構件與其他構件完全貼合等問題。為了避免該等問題，藉由增厚表面保護膜以抑制撓曲，但由於增厚而剝離變重，因此於不再需要表面保護膜之階段利用拾取帶將表面保護膜剝離時，產生無法拾取之不良狀況。因此，要求能夠抑制撓曲、並且實現輕剝離性、拾取性以能夠再剝離的黏著片材。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]日本專利特開2003-334911號公報In recent years, when optical parts and electronic parts are transported or mounted on a printed circuit board, each part is transported in a state of packaging with a specific sheet or a state in which an adhesive tape is attached. Among them, surface protective films are particularly widely used in the fields of optics and electronic parts. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The surface protection film is generally attached to the adherend via an adhesive applied on the support film side, and used for the purpose of preventing scratches or stains during processing and transportation of the adherend (Patent Document 1). For example, the panel of the liquid crystal display is formed by bonding optical members such as a polarizing plate or a wave plate to a liquid crystal cell through an adhesive. These optical components are pasted with a surface protective film through an adhesive to prevent scratches or stains during the processing and transportation of the adherend. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, the surface protective film is peeled and removed at the stage when it is no longer needed. However, as the size of the liquid crystal display panel is increased or thinner, it is easy to cause damage to the polarizing plate or the liquid crystal cell during the peeling step. Therefore, it is required to be able to peel off. It does not produce moderate adhesive force such as warping, and requires light peelability, pick-up properties, etc. to be able to be peeled off again. In particular, in recent years, as displays have become thinner, optical components constituting the display have also become thinner. Optical members with a thickness of 150 μm or less and thinner, 100 μm or less, are bent during the transportation step, and thus cannot be transported. In addition, problems such as the inability to completely bond the optical member to other members occur. In order to avoid these problems, the deflection is suppressed by thickening the surface protection film, but the thickness increases and the peeling becomes heavier. Therefore, when the surface protection film is peeled off by the pick-up tape at the stage when the surface protection film is no longer needed, it cannot be picked up. The bad condition. Therefore, there is a demand for an adhesive sheet that can suppress deflection, and achieve light releasability and pick-up properties so as to be repeelable. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). [Prior Technical Literature] [Patent Literature] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-334911

[發明所欲解決之問題] 因此，本發明鑒於上述事項進行廣泛深入之研究，結果提供一種能夠實現黏著特性及拾取性之提高之黏著片材、以及由上述黏著片材保護之光學構件。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 [解決問題之技術手段] 即，本發明之黏著片材之特徵在於，依序具有第一樹脂層、接著層、第二樹脂層及由黏著劑組合物形成之黏著劑層，上述接著層之厚度相對於上述第一樹脂層之厚度與上述第二樹脂層之厚度之和的比值為0.50以下，上述接著層之23℃文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。下之儲存彈性模數為1.0×104 Pa以上且未達5.0×107 Pa，上述黏著劑組合物含有含環氧烷基化合物。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 本發明之黏著片材中，較佳為上述第一樹脂層之與具有上述黏著劑層之面相反側之面上具有面塗層，上述面塗層係由含有作為導電性聚合物成分之聚苯胺磺酸、作為黏合劑成分之聚酯樹脂及作為交聯劑之異氰酸酯系化合物之面塗層用組合物形成者。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 本發明之黏著片材中，較佳為上述面塗層用組合物進而含有作為潤滑劑之脂肪醯胺。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 本發明之黏著片材中，較佳為上述樹脂層中之至少一者為聚酯膜。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 本發明之黏著片材中，較佳為上述黏著劑組合物含有丙烯酸系黏著劑及/或胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 本發明之黏著片材中，較佳為上述黏著劑組合物含有防靜電成分。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 本發明之光學構件較佳為由上述黏著片材保護。 [發明之效果] 根據本發明之黏著片材，具有經由接著層將樹脂層積層而成之樹脂層膜(第一樹脂層、接著層、第二樹脂層之順序。有時稱為積層膜)，由此對於將黏著片材剝離時之變形，於接著層之部分實現應力緩和，能夠以低於單獨之樹脂層之剝離力(黏著力)進行拾取。另外，根據上述積層構成，可使積層膜之撓曲量與各個樹脂層膜之撓曲量相比改進(減少撓曲量)，可改善運送步驟中之折斷或變形導致之運送不良之問題，可實現製造效率之提高。另外，藉由具有含有特定原料之黏著劑層，可獲得黏著特性、或拾取性優異之黏著片材，為較佳之態樣。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。[Problems to be Solved by the Invention] Therefore, the present invention has conducted extensive and in-depth research in view of the above-mentioned matters, and as a result, provides an adhesive sheet capable of improving the adhesion characteristics and pick-up properties, and an optical member protected by the adhesive sheet. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). [Technical Means to Solve the Problem] That is, the adhesive sheet of the present invention is characterized in that it has a first resin layer, an adhesive layer, a second resin layer, and an adhesive layer formed of an adhesive composition in this order. The ratio of the thickness relative to the sum of the thickness of the first resin layer and the thickness of the second resin layer is 0.50 or less. Other fonts are used in the 23°C document of the bonding layer. Please adjust the font (Chinese characters please set the new size) Please set the Ming style and English characters to Times New Roman). The storage elastic modulus below is 1.0×10 4 Pa or more and less than 5.0×10 7 Pa, and the adhesive composition contains an alkylene oxide-containing compound. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In the adhesive sheet of the present invention, it is preferable that the surface of the first resin layer opposite to the surface having the adhesive layer has a top coat, and the top coat is composed of a polymer containing a conductive polymer component. Former of composition for top coat of aniline sulfonic acid, polyester resin as binder component and isocyanate compound as crosslinking agent. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In the adhesive sheet of the present invention, it is preferable that the composition for the top coat layer further contains a fatty amide as a lubricant. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In the adhesive sheet of the present invention, it is preferable that at least one of the above-mentioned resin layers is a polyester film. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In the adhesive sheet of the present invention, it is preferable that the adhesive composition contains an acrylic adhesive and/or a urethane adhesive. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). In the adhesive sheet of the present invention, it is preferable that the adhesive composition contains an antistatic component. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). The optical member of the present invention is preferably protected by the above-mentioned adhesive sheet. [Effects of the Invention] The adhesive sheet according to the present invention has a resin layer film (the order of the first resin layer, the adhesive layer, and the second resin layer. Sometimes referred to as a laminated film) in which resins are laminated via an adhesive layer. As a result, for the deformation when peeling off the adhesive sheet, the stress relief in the adhesive layer is achieved, and it can be picked up with a peeling force (adhesive force) lower than that of a separate resin layer. In addition, according to the above-mentioned laminated structure, the amount of deflection of the laminated film can be improved (reduce the amount of deflection) compared to the amount of deflection of each resin layer film, and the problem of poor transportation caused by breakage or deformation in the transportation step can be improved. The manufacturing efficiency can be improved. In addition, by having an adhesive layer containing a specific raw material, an adhesive sheet with excellent adhesive properties or pick-up properties can be obtained, which is a preferred aspect. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman).

以下，對本發明之實施形態進行詳細說明。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜黏著片材(表面保護膜)＞ 圖1係本發明之較佳實施形態之黏著片材之概略剖視圖。黏著片材1依序具有第一樹脂層6、接著層7、第二樹脂層8(有時將依序具有該等第一樹脂層、接著層及第二樹脂層之構成稱為「樹脂層膜」)及黏著劑層20。另外，除了上述構成以外，上述第一樹脂層6之與具有上述黏著劑層20之面相反側之面上具有面塗層14亦為較佳之態樣。上述黏著片材1較佳為經由接著層7將該等第一樹脂層6與第二樹脂層8積層、並且具有黏著劑層20以及面塗層14之積層體。另外，利用上述黏著劑層20貼合於被接著體(例如光學構件)上。再者，雖然未圖示，但於貼合至被接著體之前於黏著劑層20之表面貼合有隔片為較佳之態樣。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜樹脂層＞ 樹脂層較佳為由樹脂膜構成。樹脂層之厚度較佳為1 μm～200 μm，更佳為12 μm～75 μm。第一樹脂層之厚度與第二樹脂層之厚度之大小關係較佳為(第一樹脂層之厚度)≦(第二樹脂層之厚度)，此時第一樹脂層之厚度較佳為1 μm～50 μm，更佳為4 μm～38 μm，最佳為10 μm～25 μm。另外，第二樹脂層之厚度較佳為10 μm～200 μm，更佳為25 μm～130 μm，最佳為38 μm～75 μm。若於上述範圍內，則可兼顧黏著片材之撓曲量抑制與拾取性，為較佳之態樣。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 至少一個樹脂層之MD方向(流動方向)之拉伸強度可設定為任意適當之值。樹脂層之MD方向(流動方向)之拉伸強度較佳為90 MPa～350 MPa，進而較佳為110 MPa～320 MPa，更佳為130 MPa～300 MPa，最佳為180 MPa～250 MPa。若於上述範圍內，則可抑制黏著片材之撓曲量，為較佳之態樣。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 此處所揭示之技術中，構成樹脂層(支持體、基材)之樹脂材料可無特別限制地使用，例如，較佳使用透明性、機械強度、熱穩定性、水分阻隔性、各向同性、可撓性、尺寸穩定性等特性優異者。特別是，由於樹脂層具有可撓性，因此可利用輥塗機等塗佈黏著劑組合物，並且可捲繞為捲筒狀，因此較為有用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述樹脂層，可較佳使用例如由以聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(PEN)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯等聚酯系聚合物；二乙醯纖維素、三乙醯纖維素等纖維素系聚合物；聚碳酸酯系聚合物、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯等丙烯酸系聚合物等作為主要樹脂成分(樹脂成分中之主要成分，典型而言為占50質量%以上之成分)之樹脂材料構成之塑膠膜作為上述樹脂層。作為上述樹脂材料之其他例，可列舉：聚苯乙烯、丙烯腈-苯乙烯共聚物等苯乙烯系聚合物；聚乙烯、聚丙烯、具有環狀結構或降冰片烯結構之聚烯烴、乙烯-丙烯共聚物等烯烴系聚合物；氯乙烯系聚合物；尼龍6、尼龍6,6、芳香族聚醯胺等醯胺系聚合物等作為樹脂材料者。作為上述樹脂材料之另一例，可列舉醯亞胺系聚合物、碸系聚合物、聚醚碸系聚合物、聚醚醚酮系聚合物、聚苯硫醚系聚合物、乙烯醇系聚合物、偏二氯乙烯系聚合物、乙烯醇丁醛系聚合物、芳酯系聚合物、聚甲醛系聚合物、環氧系聚合物等。亦可為包含上述聚合物中之兩種以上之摻合物之樹脂層。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，作為上述樹脂層，可較佳採用包含透明之熱塑性樹脂材料之塑膠膜，上述塑膠膜之中，本發明之黏著片材中之上述樹脂層之至少一者為聚酯膜為更佳之態樣。此處，聚酯膜係指以聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(PEN)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯等具有以酯鍵為基本之主骨架之聚合物材料(聚酯樹脂)作為主要樹脂成分者。上述聚酯膜具有光學特性或尺寸穩定性優異等，作為黏著片材(表面保護膜)之樹脂層較佳之特性，另一方面，其本身具有容易帶電之性質。另外，作為滿足上述拉伸強度之樹脂層，可列舉以下之樹脂。可較佳使用由以聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(PEN)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯等聚酯系聚合物；二乙醯纖維素、三乙醯纖維素等纖維素系聚合物；聚碳酸酯系聚合物；聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯等丙烯酸系聚合物；聚苯乙烯系聚合物；具有環狀結構或降冰片烯結構之聚烯烴；尼龍6、尼龍6,6、芳香族聚醯胺等醯胺系聚合物等作為主要樹脂成分(樹脂成分中之主要成分，典型而言為占50質量%以上之成分)之樹脂材料構成之塑膠膜作為上述樹脂層。亦可為包含上述聚合物中之兩種以上之摻合物之樹脂層。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 構成上述樹脂層之樹脂材料中，可根據需要調配抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、塑化劑、著色劑(顏料、染料等)等各種添加劑。另外，上述樹脂層之表面可實施例如電暈放電處理、電漿處理、紫外線照射處理、酸處理、鹼處理、塗佈底塗劑等公知或慣用之表面處理。此種表面處理可為例如用以提高樹脂層與黏著劑層或面塗層等之密著性(黏著劑層之錨固性等)之處理。可較佳採用於樹脂層之表面導入羥基等極性基之表面處理。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 再者，第一樹脂層及第二樹脂層之構成(例如厚度、形成材料、彈性模數、拉伸伸長率等)可相同或不同，可適當選擇。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜接著層＞ 本發明中之「接著層」係指將相鄰之樹脂層之面與面接合，並以實用上充分之接著力與接著時間使其一體化之層。作為形成接著層之材料，可列舉例如：黏著劑、接著劑、增黏塗劑。接著層可為於樹脂層之表面上形成增黏塗層，並於其上形成接著層之多層構造。再者，本發明中之「黏著劑層」係指可剝離(再剝離性)者。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 接著層之厚度相對於上述第一樹脂層之厚度與上述第二樹脂層之厚度之和的比值為0.50以下，較佳為0.4以下，更佳為0.35以下，最佳為0.30以下。藉由設定於此種範圍內，可極其良好地抑制被接著體(例如光學構件)之翹曲。另一方面，上述厚度之比值較佳為0.03以上。藉由設定於此種範圍內，所獲得之黏著片材之彎曲性更優異，可實現極其優異之剝離性。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 接著層之厚度較佳為比樹脂層之厚度薄。樹脂層之厚度與接著層之厚度之差較佳為2 μm以上，更佳為5 μm以上。若該差過小，則根據樹脂層之厚度，有黏著片材之拾取性變得不充分之虞。接著層之厚度較佳為1 μm～50 μm，更佳為2 μm～25 μm，進而較佳為5 μm～20 μm。若接著層之厚度過厚，則有於接著層之形成中產生不良狀況(例如糊劑缺損)之虞。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 根據本發明之黏著片材，藉由設置接著層而實現應力緩和，降低所獲得之黏著片材之剝離力，可提高拾取性，可以低於單獨之樹脂層之剝離力進行拾取。另外，藉由具有經由上述接著層將樹脂層積層而成之樹脂層膜(第一樹脂層、接著層、第二樹脂層之順序)，可使積層膜之撓曲量與各個樹脂層膜之撓曲量相比改進(減少撓曲量)，可改善於運送步驟中之折斷或變形導致之運送不良問題，可實現製造效率之提高。再者，接著層之23℃文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。下之儲存彈性模數為1.0×104 Pa以上且未達5.0×107 Pa，較佳為1.0×104 Pa以上且未達1.0×107 Pa，更佳為1.0×105 Pa以上且未達1.0×106 Pa。上述接著層之儲存彈性模數可使用動態黏彈性測定裝置於頻率1 Hz之條件下進行測定。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 接著層代表性由接著劑形成。作為接著劑，較佳使用丙烯酸系接著劑。丙烯酸系接著劑較佳為含有(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物及交聯劑。作為交聯劑，只要為與(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物反應之化合物則可無特別限制地使用，較佳使用異氰酸酯化合物、環氧化合物、三聚氰胺系樹脂、氮丙啶衍生物及金屬螯合物。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物係指由丙烯酸系單體及/或甲基丙烯酸系單體(本說明書中稱為「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」)合成之聚合物或共聚物。於(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物為共聚物之情形時，其分子之排列狀態並無特別限制，可為無規共聚物，亦可為嵌段共聚物，可為接枝共聚物。較佳之分子排列狀態為無規共聚物。另外，聚合方法並無特別限制，可利用溶液聚合、乳化聚合、塊狀聚合、懸浮聚合等公知之方法進行聚合。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物例如可藉由將(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯均聚或共聚而獲得。(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之烷基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀。(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之烷基之碳數較佳為1～18左右，更佳為1～10。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之具體例，可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯。該等可單獨使用或者將兩種以上組合使用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物較佳為上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯與含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之共聚物。此時，(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之烷基之碳數較佳為1～8，更佳為2～8，進而較佳為2～6，特別較佳為4～6。(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之具體例，可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸5-羥基戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基-3-甲基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6-羥基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸7-羥基庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸8-羥基辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸10-羥基癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸12-羥基月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(4-羥基甲基環己基)甲酯等。該等可單獨使用或者將兩種以上組合使用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之羥基烷基之碳數較佳為少於上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之烷基之碳數。含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之羥基烷基之碳數較佳為1～8，更佳為2～4，進而較佳為2。藉由如此調整烷基之碳數，可提高與下述異氰酸酯系化合物之反應性，可獲得具有更優異之接著特性之接著劑。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之共聚量較佳為0.05～20莫耳%，更佳為0.10～8莫耳%，進而較佳為0.12～3莫耳%，更進而較佳為0.14～1.5莫耳%，最佳為0.14～0.25莫耳%。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物可藉由除了上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外使其他成分共聚而獲得。作為其他成分，並無特別限制，可較佳使用(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯醯胺、乙酸乙烯酯、(甲基)丙烯腈等。其他成分之共聚量相對於(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯100質量份，較佳為100質量份以下，更佳為50質量份以下。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)以藉由利用四氫呋喃(THF)溶劑之凝膠滲透色譜(GPC)法測定之值計較佳為40萬以上，進而較佳為100萬～300萬，特別較佳為120萬～250萬。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述異氰酸酯系化合物，可列舉：2,4-(或2,6-)甲苯二異氰酸酯、苯二亞甲基二異氰酸酯、1,3-雙(異氰酸酯基甲基)環己烷、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、降冰片烯二異氰酸酯、氯苯二異氰酸酯、四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷二甲苯二異氰酸酯、氫化二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯等異氰酸酯單體；將該等異氰酸酯單體與三羥甲基丙烷等多元醇加成而獲得之加合型異氰酸酯化合物；異氰脲酸酯化合物；縮二脲型化合物；以及使任意適當之聚醚多元醇或聚酯多元醇、丙烯酸系多元醇、聚丁二烯多元醇、聚異戊二烯多元醇等進行加成反應而成之胺基甲酸酯預聚物型之異氰酸酯等，該等可單獨使用或者將兩種以上組合使用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述異氰酸酯系化合物，可直接使用市售品。作為市售之異氰酸酯系化合物，可列舉例如：三井武田化學股份有限公司製造之Takenate系列(商品名「D-110N、500、600、700」等)、日本聚胺酯工業股份有限公司製造之Coronate系列(商品名「L、MR、EH、HL」等)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述環氧化合物，可列舉例如：N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基間苯二甲胺(商品名TETRAD-X，三菱瓦斯化學公司製造)、或1,3-雙(N,N-縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷(商品名TETRAD-C，三菱瓦斯化學公司製造)等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述三聚氰胺系樹脂，可列舉六羥甲基三聚氰胺等。作為氮丙啶衍生物，可列舉例如作為市售品之商品名HDU、TAZM、TAZO(以上由相互藥工公司製造)等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述金屬螯合物，可列舉鋁、鐵、錫、鈦、鎳等作為金屬成分，可列舉乙炔、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯等作為螯合成分。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 本發明中使用之交聯劑之含量，例如，相對於上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物100質量份，較佳為含有0.1～10質量份，更佳為含有0.2～4質量份，進而更佳為含有0.3～1.5質量份，最佳為含有0.4～0.9質量份。藉由設定為此種含量，即便於苛刻之(高溫、高濕)環境下，亦可獲得良好之密著性。另外，該等交聯劑可單獨使用，亦可將兩種以上混合使用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述丙烯酸系接著劑(接著劑組合物)較佳為進而含有矽烷偶合劑或輻射硬化性成分。作為矽烷偶合劑，可選擇例如具有任意適當之官能基者。作為上述官能基，可列舉：乙烯基、環氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、胺基、巰基、丙烯醯氧基、乙醯乙醯基、異氰酸酯基、苯乙烯基、多硫基等。作為上述矽烷偶合劑之具體例，可列舉：乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-β(胺基乙基)γ-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-胺基丙基甲氧基矽烷、γ-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、雙(三乙氧基甲矽烷基丙基)四硫化物、γ-異氰酸酯基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等。該等之中，較佳為具有環氧基之矽烷偶合劑，進而較佳為γ-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述矽烷偶合劑，可直接使用市售品。作為市售品，可列舉例如：信越有機矽股份有限公司製造之KA系列(商品名「KA-1003」等)、KBM系列(商品名「KBM-303、KBM-403、KBM-503」等)及KBE系列(商品名「KBE-402、KBE-502、KBE-903」等)、東麗股份有限公司製造之SH系列(商品名「SH6020、SH6040、SH6062」等)及SZ系列(商品名「SZ6030、SZ6032、SZ6300」等)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述矽烷偶合劑之含量相對於(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物100質量份，較佳為0.001～2.0質量份，更佳為0.005～2.0質量份，進而較佳為0.01～1.0質量份，特別較佳為0.02～0.5質量份。藉由設定為此種含量，即便於苛刻之(高溫、高濕)環境下，亦可抑制剝離或氣泡之產生。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為輻射硬化性成分，可使用利用輻射進行自由基聚合或陽離子聚合之單體及/或低聚物成分。作為利用輻射進行自由基聚合之單體成分，可列舉具有(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等不飽和雙鍵之單體，特別是就反應性優異之優點而言，較佳為使用具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之單體。作為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之單體成分之具體例，可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯、己內酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二乙基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十七氟癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、己內酯改性(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸嗎啉酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、雙酚A二縮水甘油基醚二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、羥基新戊酸新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷乙氧基三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己內酯改性二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為利用輻射進行自由基聚合之低聚物成分，可使用於聚酯、環氧樹脂、胺基甲酸酯等骨架上加成兩個以上(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等不飽和雙鍵作為與單體成分同樣之官能基之聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯係使(甲基)丙烯酸與由多元醇與多元羧酸獲得之末端羥基之聚酯反應而獲得者，作為具體例，可列舉東亞合成股份有限公司製造之ARONIX M-6000、7000、8000、9000系列之聚酯丙烯酸酯。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯係藉由使(甲基)丙烯酸與環氧樹脂反應而獲得，作為具體例，可列舉昭和高分子股份有限公司製造之Ripoxy SP、VR系列或共榮社化學股份有限公司製造之EPOXYESTER系列之環氧丙烯酸酯。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯係藉由使多元醇、異氰酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基酯反應而獲得，作為具體例，可列舉根上工業股份有限公司製造之Art Resin UN系列、新中村化學工業股份有限公司製造之NK Oligo U系列、日本合成化學工業股份有限公司製造之紫光UV系列之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為進行陽離子聚合之單體及/或低聚物成分，使用具有陽離子聚合性官能基例如環氧基、羥基、乙烯基醚基、環硫基、伸乙基亞胺基之化合物，特別是就反應性優異之優點而言，使用具有環氧基之化合物。作為具有環氧基之化合物，可列舉藉由多元酚系化合物或多元醇與表氯醇之反應製造之縮水甘油醚型環氧樹脂。具體而言，可列舉雙酚A或其環氧烷加成物之二縮水甘油基醚、雙酚F或其環氧烷加成物之二縮水甘油基醚、氫化雙酚A或其環氧烷加成物之二縮水甘油基醚、乙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油基醚、丁二醇二縮水甘油基醚、己二醇二縮水甘油基醚、環己烷二甲醇二縮水甘油基醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、三羥甲基丙烷聚縮水甘油基醚、季戊四醇聚縮水甘油基醚、山梨醇聚縮水甘油基醚、間苯二酚二縮水甘油基醚等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 該等(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物與輻射硬化性成分適當組合使用，就若相溶性(混合性)較差則難以取得輻射硬化後之接著性與儲存彈性模數之平衡、硬化後之透光性變差等理由而言，需要適當選擇相溶性較好之組合。特別是，於要求透光性之用途中，進行調整使硬化後之全光線透光率為85%以上(較佳為90%以上)、霧度值為10%以下(較佳為5%以下)。另外，輻射硬化性成分之調配量根據輻射硬化後之儲存彈性模數及接著性進行適當調整，一般而言，以相對於黏著性聚合物100質量份為10～200質量份、較佳30～150質量份之比例使用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 多官能單體之使用量根據與(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之平衡以及作為黏著片材之使用用途進行適當選擇。為了藉由丙烯酸系黏著劑之凝聚力獲得充分之耐熱性，一般相對於(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物100質量份較佳以0.1～30質量份進行調配。另外，就柔軟性、接著性之觀點而言，相對於(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物100質量份，更佳為以10質量份以下進行調配。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為輻射，可列舉例如紫外線、雷射射線、α射線、β射線、γ射線、x射線、電子束等，就控制性及操作性良好、成本之方面而言，較佳使用紫外線。更佳使用波長200～400 nm之紫外線。紫外線可使用高壓水銀燈、微波激發型燈、化學燈等適當之光源進行照射。再者，於使用紫外線作為輻射之情形時，於丙烯酸系黏著劑中添加光聚合起始劑。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為光聚合起始劑，只要為根據輻射反應性成分之種類，藉由照射能夠作為其聚合反應之引發物之適當波長之紫外線而生成自由基或陽離子之物質即可，作為光自由基聚合起始劑，可列舉例如：苯偶姻、苯偶姻甲醚、苯偶姻乙醚、鄰苯甲醯基苯甲酸甲酯、苯偶姻乙醚、苯偶姻異丙醚、α-甲基苯偶姻等苯偶姻類、苯偶醯二甲基縮酮、三氯苯乙酮、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、1-羥基環己基苯基甲酮等苯乙酮類、2-羥基-2-甲基苯丙酮、2-羥基-4'-異丙基-2-甲基苯丙酮等苯丙酮類、二苯甲酮、甲基二苯甲酮、對氯二苯甲酮、對二甲基胺基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮類、2-氯噻噸酮、2-乙基噻噸酮、2-異丙基噻噸酮等噻噸酮類、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦、(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-(乙氧基)-苯基氧化膦等醯基氧化膦類、苯偶醯、二苯并環庚烯酮、α-醯基肟酯等。作為光陽離子聚合起始劑，可列舉例如：芳香族重氮鹽、芳香族碘鎓鹽、芳香族鋶鹽等鎓鹽、或鐵-芳烴錯合物、二茂鈦錯合物、芳基矽醇鋁錯合物等有機金屬錯合物類、硝基苄基酯、磺酸衍生物、磷酸酯、磺酸衍生物、磷酸酯、酚磺酸酯、重氮萘醌、N-羥基醯亞胺磺酸酯等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 關於上述光聚合起始劑，亦可併用兩種以上。光聚合起始劑較佳為相對於(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物100質量份，通常於0.1～10質量份、較佳0.2～7質量份之範圍內進行調配。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，亦可併用胺類等光聚合起始助劑。作為上述光聚合起始助劑，可列舉：苯甲酸2-二甲基胺基乙酯、二甲基胺基苯乙酮、對二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯、對二甲基胺基苯甲酸異戊酯等。關於上述光聚合起始助劑，亦可併用兩種以上。聚合起始助劑較佳為相對於(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物100質量份於0.05～10質量份、進而於0.1～7質量份之範圍內進行調配。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜第一樹脂層與第二樹脂層之積層方法＞ 作為第一樹脂層與第二樹脂層之積層方法，可採用任意適當之方法。作為較佳之實施形態，可採用於一個樹脂層上形成接著層，於上述接著層上積層另一個樹脂層之方法。另外，作為接著層之形成方法，可採用任意適當之方法。作為具體例，接著劑可藉由於樹脂層上塗佈上述接著劑(接著劑組合物溶液)並加熱而形成。塗佈時，上述丙烯酸系接著劑之聚合物濃度較佳為利用溶劑(例如乙酸乙酯、甲苯)適當進行調整。加熱溫度較佳為20℃～200℃，更佳為50℃～170℃。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述樹脂膜(依序具有第一樹脂層、接著層及第二樹脂層之構成)之厚度較佳為11 μm～230 μm，更佳為50 μm～110 μm。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜黏著劑層＞ 本發明之黏著片材具有上述黏著劑層，上述黏著劑層係由黏著劑組合物形成者，作為上述黏著劑組合物，只要為具有黏著性者，則可無特別限制地使用。可使用例如：丙烯酸系黏著劑、胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑、聚酯系黏著劑、合成橡膠系黏著劑、天然橡膠系黏著劑、聚矽氧系黏著劑等，其中，更佳為丙烯酸系黏著劑及/或胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑，特別較佳為使用利用(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之丙烯酸系黏著劑。 於上述黏著劑層使用丙烯酸系黏著劑之情形時，構成上述丙烯酸系黏著劑之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物可使用具有碳數為1～14之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體作為構成該聚合物之原料單體。作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸系單體，可使用一種或兩種以上作為主要成分。藉由使用上述具有碳數為1～14之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體，容易將對被接著體(被保護物)之黏著力控制較低，可獲得輕剝離性、或再剝離性優異之黏著片材。再者，本發明中之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物係指丙烯酸系聚合物及/或甲基丙烯酸系聚合物，另外，(甲基)丙烯酸酯係指丙烯酸酯及/或甲基丙烯酸酯。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述具有碳數為1～14之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體之具體例，可列舉例如：(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正十二烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正十四烷基酯等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 其中，於使用本發明之黏著片材作為表面保護膜之情形時，可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正十二烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正十四烷基酯等具有碳數6～14之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體作為較佳者。特別是，藉由使用具有碳數6～14之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體，容易將對被接著體之黏著力控制較低，成為再剝離性優異者。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 特別是，相對於構成上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分總量100質量%，較佳為含有50質量%以上、更佳為60質量%以上、進而較佳70質量%以上、最佳80～93質量%之具有碳數為1～14之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體。若未達50質量%，則黏著劑組合物之適度之潤濕性、或黏著劑層之凝聚力變差，因此不佳。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，本發明之黏著劑組合物中，較佳為上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物含有具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體作為原料單體。作為上述具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體，可使用一種或兩種以上作為主要成分。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 藉由使用上述具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體，容易控制黏著劑組合物之交聯等，進而容易控制由流動造成之潤濕性之改善及剝離中黏著力之降低之平衡。另外，與一般可作為交聯部位起作用之羧基或磺酸酯基等不同，羥基例如於使用作為必要成分之含環氧烷基化合物與作為防靜電成分(防靜電劑)之離子性化合物等時具有適度之相互作用，因此就防靜電性、或拾取性之方面而言亦可較佳使用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體，可列舉例如：(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6-羥基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸8-羥基辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸10-羥基癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸12-羥基月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(4-羥甲基環己基)甲酯、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等。特別是，藉由使用烷基之碳數為4以上之具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體，高速剝離時之輕剝離化變得容易，因此較佳。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 相對於上述具有碳數為1～14之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體100質量份，較佳為含有15質量份以下之上述具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體，更佳為1～13質量份，進而較佳為2～11質量份，最佳為3.5～10質量份。若於上述範圍內，則容易控制黏著劑組合物之潤濕性與所獲得之黏著劑層之凝聚力之平衡，因此較佳。另外，特別是，藉由調配5質量份以上，容易獲得蠕變特性較佳之黏著劑組合物。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，作為其他聚合性單體成分，就容易取得黏著性能之平衡之理由而言，可於不損害本發明之效果之範圍內使用用以調整(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之玻璃轉移溫度或剝離性之聚合性單體以使Tg為0℃以下(通常為-100℃以上)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物中使用之除上述具有碳數為1～14之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體以及上述具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體以外之其他聚合性單體，可使用具有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述具有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體，可列舉例如：(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸羧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羧基戊酯、六氫鄰苯二甲酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、六氫鄰苯二甲酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、鄰苯二甲酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、琥珀酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、馬來酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、羧基聚己內酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四氫鄰苯二甲酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述具有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體，相對於上述具有碳數為1～14之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體100質量份，較佳為5質量份以下，更佳為1質量份以下，進而較佳為未達0.2質量份，最佳為0.01質量份以上且未達0.1質量份。特別是，藉由將具有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體與具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體併用使用，有時就獲得蠕變特性優異之黏著劑組合物之方面而言較佳使用。另外，若超過5質量份，則相互作用較大之羧基之酸官能基大量存於，於調配離子性化合物作為防靜電成分之情形時，羧基等酸官能基與上述離子性化合物相互作用，由此有妨礙離子傳導，導電效率降低，無法獲得充分之防靜電性之虞，因此不佳。另外，特別是於實現兼顧蠕變特性及輕剝離性之情形時，藉由含有5質量份以上之上述具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體並且含有0.01質量份以上且未達0.1質量份之上述具有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體，可實現兼顧特性，因此較佳。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物中使用之除上述具有碳數為1～14之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體、具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體以及具有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體以外之其他聚合性單體，只要於不損害本發明特性之範圍內，則可無特別限制地使用。例如，可適當使用含氰基單體、乙烯基酯單體、芳香族乙烯基單體等提高凝聚力、耐熱性之成分、或含醯胺基單體、含醯亞胺基單體、含胺基單體、含環氧基單體、N-丙烯醯嗎啉、乙烯基醚單體等提高黏著力或具有作為交聯化基點起作用之官能基之成分。該等聚合性單體可單獨使用，亦可將兩種以上混合使用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為含氰基單體，可列舉例如：丙烯腈、甲基丙烯腈。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為乙烯基酯單體，可列舉例如：乙酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烯酯、月桂酸乙烯酯等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為芳香族乙烯基單體，可列舉例如：苯乙烯、氯苯乙烯、氯甲基苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、其他取代苯乙烯等。 作為含醯胺基單體，可列舉例如：丙烯醯胺、甲基丙烯醯胺、二乙基丙烯醯胺、N-乙烯基吡咯烷酮、N,N-二甲基丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲基丙烯醯胺、N,N-二乙基丙烯醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲基丙烯醯胺、N,N'-亞甲基雙丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基胺基丙基甲基丙烯醯胺、雙丙酮丙烯醯胺等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為含醯亞胺基單體，可列舉例如：環己基馬來醯亞胺、異丙基馬來醯亞胺、N-環己基馬來醯亞胺、衣康醯亞胺等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為含胺基單體，可列舉例如：(甲基)丙烯酸胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基丙酯等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為含環氧基單體，可列舉例如：(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲基縮水甘油酯、烯丙基縮水甘油基醚等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為乙烯基醚單體，可列舉例如：甲基乙烯基醚、乙基乙烯基醚、異丁基乙烯基醚等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 本發明中，除具有碳數為1～14之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體、具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體、具有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體以外之其他聚合性單體相對於上述具有碳數為1～14之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸系單體100質量份，較佳為0～40質量份，更佳為0～30質量份。藉由於上述範圍內使用上述其他聚合性單體，於使用離子性化合物作為防靜電劑之情形時，可適當調節與上述離子性化合物之良好之相互作用以及良好之再剝離性。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10萬～500萬，更佳為20萬～200萬，進而較佳為30萬～100萬。於重量平均分子量小於10萬之情形時，黏著劑層之凝聚力減小，因此具有產生糊劑殘留之傾向。另一方面，於重量平均分子量超過500萬之情形時，聚合物之流動性下降，對被接著體(例如偏光板)之潤濕變得不充分，具有造成被接著體與黏著片材之黏著劑層之間產生之鼓起之傾向。再者，重量平均分子量係指藉由凝膠滲透色譜法(GPC)測定獲得者。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為0℃以下，更佳為-10℃以下(通常為-100℃以上)。於玻璃轉移溫度高於0℃之情形時，聚合物難以流動，例如對偏光板之潤濕變得不充分，具有造成偏光板與黏著片材之黏著劑層之間產生之鼓起之傾向。特別是藉由將玻璃轉移溫度設為-61℃以下，容易獲得對偏光板之潤濕性及輕剝離性優異之黏著劑層。再者，(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之玻璃轉移溫度可藉由適當改變所使用之單體成分、或組成比而於上述範圍內進行調整。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之聚合方法並無特別限制，可藉由溶液聚合、乳化聚合、塊狀聚合、懸浮聚合等公知之方法進行聚合，特別是就作業性之觀點、或對被接著體(被保護物)之低污染性等特性方面而言，溶液聚合為更佳之態樣。另外，所獲得之聚合物可為無規共聚物、嵌段共聚合物、交替共聚物、接枝共聚物等之任意一種。另外，聚合條件、或聚合溶劑、聚合起始劑等亦可基於公知技術適當使用。 於上述黏著劑層使用胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑之情形時，作為胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑，可採用任意適當之胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。作為此種胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑，較佳為可列舉包含使多元醇與聚異氰酸酯反應而獲得之胺基甲酸酯樹脂者。作為多元醇，可列舉例如：聚醚多元醇、聚酯多元醇、聚碳酸酯多元醇、聚己內酯多元醇等。作為聚異氰酸酯系化合物，可列舉例如：二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述黏著劑組合物之特徵在於，含有含環氧烷(AO)基化合物。藉由於黏著劑中含有上述化合物，可獲得對被接著體之潤濕性更優異之黏著劑，可實現拾取性之進一步提高。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述含環氧烷(AO)基化合物之具體例，可列舉例如：聚氧伸烷基烷基胺、聚氧伸烷基二胺、聚氧伸烷基脂肪酸酯、聚氧伸烷基失水山梨醇脂肪酸酯、聚氧伸烷基烷基苯基醚、聚氧伸烷基烷基醚、聚氧伸烷基烯丙基醚、聚氧伸烷基烷基烯丙基醚、聚氧伸烷基烷基苯基烯丙基醚、聚伸烷基二醇二烷基酯、聚伸烷基二醇二芳基酯等非離子性界面活性劑；聚氧伸烷基烷基醚硫酸酯鹽、聚氧伸烷基烯丙基醚硫酸酯鹽、聚氧伸烷基烷基醚磷酸酯鹽、聚氧伸烷基烷基苯基醚硫酸酯鹽、聚氧伸烷基烷基烯丙基苯基醚硫酸酯鹽、聚氧伸烷基烷基苯基醚磷酸酯鹽等陰離子性界面活性劑；以及具有聚氧伸烷基鏈(聚環氧烷鏈)之陽離子性界面活性劑或兩性離子性界面活性劑、具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之聚醚化合物(包括其衍生物)、具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之酯化合物(包括其衍生物)、具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之丙烯酸系化合物(包括其衍生物)等。另外，可於丙烯酸系聚合物中調配含聚環氧烷鏈單體作為含聚環氧烷鏈化合物。上述含聚環氧烷鏈化合物可單獨使用，亦可將兩種以上組合使用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之聚醚化合物之具體例，可列舉：聚丙二醇(PPG)-聚乙二醇(PEG)嵌段共聚物、PPG-PEG-PPG嵌段共聚物、PEG-PPG-PEG嵌段共聚物等。作為上述具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之聚醚化合物之衍生物，可列舉：末端醚化之含氧亞丙基化合物(PPG單烷基醚、PEG-PPG單烷基醚等)、末端乙醯化之含氧亞丙基化合物(末端乙醯化PPG等)等。另外，作為上述具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之酯化合物之具體例，可列舉具有氧伸烷基鏈之酯化合物。作為上述氧伸烷基，氧伸烷基單元之加成莫耳數就離子性化合物配位之觀點而言，較佳為1～50，更佳為2～30，進而較佳為2～20。作為具體例，可列舉二乙二醇二苯甲酸酯、三乙二醇二苯甲酸酯、四乙二醇二苯甲酸酯、聚乙二醇二苯甲酸酯、聚丙二醇二苯甲酸酯、聚乙二醇-2-乙基己酸酯苯甲酸酯等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，作為上述具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之丙烯酸系化合物之具體例，可列舉具有氧伸烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物。作為上述氧伸烷基，氧伸烷基單元之加成莫耳數，就離子性化合物配位之觀點而言，較佳為1～50，更佳為2～30，進而較佳為2～20。另外，上述氧伸烷基鏈之末端可為羥基原樣，亦可經烷基、苯基等取代。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述具有氧伸烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物較佳為含有環氧烷(甲基)丙烯酸酯作為單體單元(成分)之聚合物，作為上述環氧烷(甲基)丙烯酸酯之具體例，可列舉：含有乙二醇基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯，例如甲氧基二乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲氧基-三乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等甲氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯型、乙氧基-二乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基-三乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等乙氧基-聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯型、丁氧基-二乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁氧基-三乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等丁氧基-聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯型、苯氧基-二乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苯氧基-三乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等苯氧基-聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯型、2-乙基己基-聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、壬基苯酚-聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯型、甲氧基-二丙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等甲氧基-聚丙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯型等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，作為上述單體單元(成分)，可使用上述環氧烷(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外之其他單體單元(成分)。作為其他單體成分之具體例，可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正十二烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正十四烷基酯等具有碳數1～14之烷基之丙烯酸酯及/或甲基丙烯酸酯。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸環氧烷酯以外之其他單體單元(成分)，亦可適當使用含羧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含磷酸基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含氰基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙烯基酯類、芳香族乙烯基化合物、含酸酐基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含羥基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含醯胺基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含胺基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-丙烯醯嗎啉、乙烯基醚系等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為更佳之一態樣，上述含環氧烷基化合物為於至少一部分具有(聚)亞乙氧基鏈之化合物。藉由調配上述含(聚)亞乙氧基鏈化合物，可提高基礎聚合物與防靜電成分之相溶性，適當地抑制向被接著體之滲出，可獲得低污染性之黏著劑組合物。其中，特別是於使用PPG-PEG-PPG嵌段共聚物之情形時，可獲得低污染性優異之黏著劑。作為上述含聚亞乙氧基鏈化合物，較佳為(聚)亞乙氧基鏈之重量於上述含環氧烷基化合物整體中所占之比例為5～90質量%，更佳為10～85質量%，進而較佳為20～80質量%，最佳為45～75質量%。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述含環氧烷基化合物之數量平均分子量(Mn)，為50000以下較為適當，較佳為200～30000，進而更佳為200～10000，通常較佳為使用數量平均分子量200～5000者。若Mn過高於50000時，則具有與丙烯酸系聚合物之相溶性下降，黏著劑層產生白化之傾向。若Mn過低於200，則可能有時容易產生由上述聚氧伸烷基化合物造成之污染。再者，此處，Mn係指藉由凝膠滲透色譜法(GPC)獲得之按聚苯乙烯換算之值。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，作為上述含環氧烷基化合物之市售品之具體例，可列舉例如：ADEKA Pluronic 17R-2、ADEKA Pluronic 17R-3、ADEKA Pluronic 17R-4、ADEKA Pluronic 25R-1、ADEKA Pluronic 25R-2(以上，均為ADEKA公司製造)、EMULGEN 120(花王公司製造)、Aqualon HS-10(第一工業藥品公司製造)、Aqualon KH-10(第一工業藥品公司製造)、NOIGEN ES-99D(第一工業藥品公司製造)、DKS-NL-30(第一工業藥品公司製造)、SANFLEX EB-400(三洋化成工業公司製造)等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述含環氧烷基化合物之調配量，相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100質量份，例如可為0.005～20質量份，較佳為0.01～15質量份，更佳為0.05～10質量份，最佳為0.1～4質量份。若調配量過少，則防止防靜電成分之滲出之效果較低，若過多，則可能有時容易產生由上述聚氧伸烷基化合物造成之污染，於黏著片材剝離後之被接著體上接合其他構件時引起接著不良。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，特別是於要求於黏著片材剝離後之被接著體上接合其他構件時之接著性之用途中，作為含環氧烷基化合物，可較佳使用下述者。可列舉例如：聚氧伸烷基烷基胺、聚氧伸烷基二胺、聚氧伸烷基脂肪酸酯、聚氧伸烷基失水山梨醇脂肪酸酯、聚氧伸烷基烷基苯基醚、聚氧伸烷基烷基醚、聚氧伸烷基烯丙基醚、聚氧伸烷基烷基烯丙基醚、聚氧伸烷基烷基苯基烯丙基醚、聚伸烷基二醇二烷基酯、聚伸烷基二醇二芳基酯、聚氧伸烷基烷基醚硫酸酯鹽、聚氧伸烷基烯丙基醚硫酸酯鹽、聚氧伸烷基烷基醚磷酸酯鹽、聚氧伸烷基烷基苯基醚硫酸酯鹽、聚氧伸烷基烷基烯丙基苯基醚硫酸酯鹽、聚氧伸烷基烷基苯基醚磷酸酯鹽、聚丙二醇(PPG)-聚乙二醇(PEG)嵌段共聚物、PPG-PEG-PPG嵌段共聚物、PEG-PPG-PEG嵌段共聚物等具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之醚化合物、末端醚化之含氧亞丙基化合物(PPG單烷基醚、PEG-PPG單烷基醚等)、末端乙醯化之含氧亞丙基化合物(末端乙醯化PPG等)等具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之醚化合物之衍生物、二乙二醇二苯甲酸酯、三乙二醇二苯甲酸酯、四乙二醇二苯甲酸酯、聚乙二醇二苯甲酸酯、聚丙二醇二苯甲酸酯、聚乙二醇2-乙基己酸酯苯甲酸酯等具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之酯化合物(包括其衍生物)、具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之丙烯酸系化合物(包括其衍生物)等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜黏著劑層中之防靜電成分＞ 本發明之黏著片材中，較佳為構成上述黏著劑層之黏著劑組合物含有防靜電成分，更佳為含有離子性化合物作為上述防靜電成分。作為上述離子性化合物，可列舉鹼金屬鹽及/或熔點100℃以下之離子液體。藉由含有該等離子液體，可賦予優異之防靜電性。另外，將如上所述含有防靜電成分之黏著劑組合物交聯而成之黏著劑層(使用防靜電成分)可實現於剝離時對於未進行防靜電處理之被接著體(例如偏光板)之防靜電，成為減少對被接著體之污染之黏著片材。因此，作為於靜電、污染成為特別嚴重之問題之光學、電子零件相關之技術領域中之防靜電性黏著片材非常有用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，相對於上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物100質量份，上述防靜電成分之含量較佳為4.9質量份以下，更佳為0.001～0.9質量份，更佳為0.005～0.8質量份，最佳為0.01～0.6質量份。若於上述範圍內，則容易兼顧防靜電性及低污染性，因此較佳。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜交聯劑＞ 本發明之黏著片材中，較佳為上述黏著劑組合物含有交聯劑。另外，本發明中，可使用上述黏著劑組合物獲得黏著劑層。例如，於上述黏著劑含有上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之情形時，藉由適當調節上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之構成單元、構成比率、交聯劑之選擇及添加比率等進行交聯，可獲得耐熱性更優異之黏著片材(黏著劑層)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為本發明中使用之交聯劑，可使用異氰酸酯化合物、環氧化合物、三聚氰胺系樹脂、氮丙啶衍生物以及金屬螯合物等。特別是異氰酸酯化合物之使用為較佳之態樣。另外，該等化合物可單獨使用，亦可將兩種以上混合使用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述異氰酸酯化合物(異氰酸酯系交聯劑)，可列舉例如：三亞甲基二異氰酸酯、亞丁基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯(HDI)、二聚酸二異氰酸酯等脂肪族聚異氰酸酯類、亞環戊基二異氰酸酯、亞環己基二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯(IPDI)等脂環族異氰酸酯類、2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、苯二亞甲基二異氰酸酯(XDI)等芳香族異氰酸酯類、藉由脲基甲酸酯鍵、縮二脲鍵、異氰脲酸酯鍵、脲二酮鍵、脲鍵、碳二亞胺鍵、脲酮亞胺鍵、噁二嗪三酮鍵等將上述異氰酸酯化合物改性而成之聚異氰酸酯改性物。例如，作為市售品，可列舉商品名TAKENATE 300S、TAKENATE 500、TAKENATE D165N、TAKENATE D178N(以上為武田藥品工業公司製造)、Sumidur T80、Sumidur L、Desmodur N3400(以上為住化拜耳胺酯公司製造)、Millionate MR、Millionate MT、Coronate L、Coronate HL、Coronate HX(以上為日本胺酯工業公司製造)等。該等異氰酸酯化合物可單獨使用，亦可將兩種以上混合使用，亦可將2官能異氰酸酯化合物與3官能以上之異氰酸酯化合物併用使用。藉由將交聯劑併用使用，可兼顧黏著性及耐回彈性(對曲面之接著性)，可獲得接著可靠性更優異之黏著片材。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，將2官能異氰酸酯化合物與3官能以上之異氰酸酯化合物併用使用作為上述異氰酸酯化合物(異氰酸酯系交聯劑)之情形時，作為兩種化合物之調配比(質量比)，較佳為以[2官能異氰酸酯化合物]/[3官能以上之異氰酸酯化合物](質量比)為0.1/99.9～50/50進行調配，更佳為0.1/99.9～20/80，進而較佳為0.1/99.9～10/90，特別較佳為0.1/99.5～5/95，最佳為0.1/99.9～1/99。藉由於上述範圍內進行調整並調配，成為黏著性及耐回彈性優異之黏著劑層，成為較佳之態樣。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述環氧化合物，可列舉例如：N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基間苯二甲胺(商品名TETRAD-X，三菱瓦斯化學公司製造)、或1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷(商品名TETRAD-C，三菱瓦斯化學公司製造)等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述三聚氰胺系樹脂，可列舉六羥甲基三聚氰胺等。作為氮丙啶衍生物，可列舉例如：作為市售品之商品名HDU、TAZM、TAZO(以上為相互藥工公司製造)等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述金屬螯合物，可列舉鋁、鐵、錫、鈦、鎳等作為金屬成分，可列舉乙炔、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯等作為螯合成分。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 本發明中使用之交聯劑之含量例如相對於上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物100質量份，較佳為含有0.01～10質量份，更佳為含有0.1～8質量份，進而較佳為含有0.5～7質量份，最佳為含有1.0～5質量份。於上述含量低於0.01質量份之情形時，利用交聯劑形成之交聯變得不充分，所獲得之黏著劑層之凝聚力較低，有時無法獲得充分之耐熱性，另外，具有造成糊劑殘留之傾向。另一方面，於含量超過10質量份之情形時，聚合物之凝聚力較大，流動性下降，對被接著體(例如偏光板)之潤濕變得不充分，具有造成於被接著體與黏著劑層(黏著劑組合物層)之間產生之鼓起之傾向。另外，該等交聯劑可單獨使用，亦可混合兩種以上使用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 於上述黏著劑組合物中，可進而含有用於使上述任意一種交聯反應更有效地進行之交聯觸媒。作為上述交聯觸媒，可使用例如：二月桂酸二丁基錫、二月桂酸二辛基錫等錫系觸媒、三(乙醯丙酮)鐵、三(己烷-2,4-二酮)鐵、三(庚烷-2,4-二酮)鐵、三(庚烷-3,5-二酮)鐵、三(5-甲基己烷-2,4-二酮)鐵、三(辛烷-2,4-二酮)鐵、三(6-甲基庚烷-2,4-二酮)鐵、三(2,6-二甲基庚烷-3,5-二酮)鐵、三(壬烷-2,4-二酮)鐵、三(壬烷-4,6-二酮)鐵、三(2,2,6,6-四甲基庚烷-3,5-二酮)鐵、三(十三烷-6,8-二酮)鐵、三(1-苯基丁烷-1,3-二酮)鐵、三(六氟乙醯丙酮)鐵、三(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鐵、三(乙醯乙酸正丙酯)鐵、三(乙醯乙酸異丙酯)鐵、三(乙醯乙酸-正丁酯)鐵、三(乙醯乙酸-第二丁酯)鐵、三(乙醯乙酸-第三丁酯)鐵、三(丙醯乙酸甲酯)鐵、三(丙醯乙酸乙酯)鐵、三(丙醯乙酸-正丙酯)鐵、三(丙醯乙酸異丙酯)鐵、三(丙醯乙酸-正丁酯)鐵、三(丙醯乙酸-第二丁酯)鐵、三(丙醯乙酸-第三丁酯)鐵、三(乙醯乙酸苄酯)鐵、三(丙二酸二甲酯)鐵、三(丙二酸二乙酯)鐵、三甲氧基鐵、三乙氧基鐵、三異丙氧基鐵、氯化鐵等鐵系觸媒。該等交聯觸媒可使用一種，亦可併用兩種以上。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述交聯觸媒之含量(使用量)並無特別限制，例如，相對於上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物100質量份，較佳為0.0001～1質量份，更佳為0.001～0.5質量份。若於上述範圍內，則形成黏著劑層時交聯反應之速度較快，黏著劑組合物之適用期亦變長，為較佳之態樣。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，上述黏著劑組合物中可進而含有其他公知之添加劑，例如可根據使用之用途適當添加著色劑、顏料等粉體、界面活性劑、塑化劑、增黏劑、低分子量聚合物、表面潤滑劑、流平劑、抗氧化劑、緩蝕劑、光穩定劑、紫外線吸收劑、阻聚劑、矽烷偶合劑、無機或有機填充劑、金屬粉、粒子狀、箔狀物等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 本發明之黏著片材係藉由於第二樹脂層上形成上述黏著劑層而獲得者，此時，黏著劑組合物之交聯一般於黏著劑組合物之塗佈後進行，亦可將包含交聯後之黏著劑組合物之黏著劑層轉印於樹脂層等上。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，於第二樹脂層上形成黏著劑層之方法並無特別限制，例如，可藉由將上述黏著劑組合物(溶液)塗佈於樹脂層上，並乾燥除去聚合溶劑等而於樹脂層上形成黏著劑層來製作。然後，為了黏著劑層之成分轉移之調整或交聯反應之調整等，可進行養護。另外，於將黏著劑組合物塗佈於樹脂層上製作黏著片材時，可於上述黏著劑組合物中新添加聚合溶劑以外之一種以上之溶劑以能夠均勻地塗佈於樹脂層上。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，作為製造本發明之黏著片材時之黏著劑層之形成方法，可使用黏著帶系之製造中使用之公知之方法。具體而言可列舉例如：輥塗、凹版塗佈、反轉塗佈、輥刷、噴塗、氣刀塗佈法、利用模嘴式塗佈機等之擠出塗佈法等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 通常，以上述黏著劑層之厚度為3 μm～100 μm，較佳為5 μm～50 μm左右之方式製作。若黏著劑層之厚度於上述範圍內，則容易獲得適度之再剝離性與黏著(接著)性之平衡，因此較佳。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜隔片＞ 本發明之黏著片材中，根據需要以保護黏著面之目的，可於黏著劑層表面貼合隔片。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為構成上述隔片之材料，有紙、或塑膠膜，就表面平滑性優異之方面而言，較佳使用塑膠膜。作為該膜，只要為能夠保護上述黏著劑層之膜則無特別限定，可列舉例如：聚乙烯膜、聚丙烯膜、聚丁烯膜、聚丁二烯膜、聚甲基戊烯膜、聚氯乙烯膜、氯乙烯共聚物膜、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯膜、聚胺基甲酸酯膜、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物膜等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述隔片之厚度通常為5 μm～200 μm，較佳為10 μm～100 μm左右。若於上述範圍內時，則黏著劑層上之貼合作業性與自黏著劑層之剝離作業性優異，因此較佳。上述隔片上可根據需要利用聚矽氧系脫模劑、氟系脫模劑、長鏈烷基系脫模劑或脂肪醯胺系脫模劑、二氧化矽粉末等進行脫模及防污處理、或者進行塗佈型、混練型、蒸鍍型等防靜電處理。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜面塗層(防靜電層)＞ 本發明之黏著片材中，較佳為於上述第一樹脂層之與具有上述黏著劑層之面相反側之面上具有面塗層，上述面塗層係由含有作為導電性聚合物成分之聚苯胺磺酸、作為黏合劑成分之聚酯樹脂以及作為交聯劑之異氰酸酯系化合物之面塗層用組合物形成者。由於上述黏著片材具有面塗層，黏著片材之防靜電性提高，為較佳之態樣。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜導電性聚合物＞ 上述面塗層含有作為導電性聚合物成分之聚苯胺磺酸為較佳之態樣。藉由使用上述導電性聚合物，可滿足基於面塗層之防靜電性以及經時之防靜電性。另外，上述聚苯胺磺酸係「水溶性」，藉由使用下述異氰酸酯系交聯劑，可固定化於面塗層中，可提高耐水性。藉由使用含有上述水溶性之導電性聚合物之水溶液，可獲得經時之表面電阻率優異之面塗層，為較佳之態樣。另一方面，於形成面塗層時使用之導電性聚合物為「水分散性」之情形時，若使用含有上述水分散性導電性聚合物之溶液形成面塗層，則容易產生凝聚物，無法均勻地塗佈，具有經時之表面電阻率顯著劣化之傾向，因此不佳。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述導電性聚合物之使用量相對於面塗層中所含之黏合劑100質量份，較佳為10～200質量份，更佳為25～150質量份，進而較佳為40～120質量份。若上述導電性聚合物之使用量過少，則有時防靜電效果變小，若導電性聚合物之使用量過多，則有面塗層與樹脂層之密著性下降或者透明性下降之虞，因此不佳。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述導電性聚合物成分使用之聚苯胺磺酸之按聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5×105 以下，更佳為3×105 以下。另外，該等導電性聚合物之重量平均分子量通常較佳為1×103 以上，更佳為5×103 以上。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為形成上述面塗層之方法，可採用於樹脂層(基材、支持體)之第一面塗佈面塗層用組合物(面塗層形成用塗佈材料)並使其乾燥(或者硬化)之方法，作為用於製備面塗層用組合物之導電性聚合物成分，係含有聚苯胺磺酸、作為黏合劑之聚酯樹脂、以及作為交聯劑之異氰酸酯系交聯劑作為成分者，上述成分可較佳使用溶解於水中之形態者(導電性聚合物水溶液、或者簡稱為水溶液)。上述導電性聚合物水溶液例如可藉由將具有親水性官能基之導電性聚合物(可藉由使分子內具有親水性官能基之單體共聚等方法來合成)溶解於水中來製備。作為上述親水性官能基，可例示磺基、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、羥基、巰基、肼基、羧基、四級銨基、硫酸酯基(-O-SO3 H)、磷酸酯基(例如-O-PO(OH)2 )等。上述親水性官能基可形成鹽。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，作為上述聚苯胺磺酸水溶液之市售品，可例示三菱麗陽公司製造之商品名「aqua-PASS」等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 此處所揭示之面塗層含有作為導電性聚合物成分之聚苯胺磺酸(聚苯胺型)，但是，例如可同時含有其他之一種或兩種以上之防靜電成分(導電性聚合物以外之有機導電性物質、無機導電性物質、防靜電劑等)。再者，作為較佳之一態樣，上述面塗層實質上不含有上述導電性聚合物以外之防靜電成分，即，可更佳實施上述面塗層中所含之防靜電成分實質上僅包含導電性聚合物之態樣。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述有機導電性物質，可列舉四級銨鹽、吡啶鎓鹽、第1胺基、第2胺基、第3胺基等具有陽離子性官能基之陽離子型防靜電劑；磺酸鹽或硫酸酯鹽、膦酸鹽、磷酸酯鹽等具有陰離子性官能基之陰離子型防靜電劑；烷基甜菜鹼及其衍生物、咪唑啉及其衍生物、丙胺酸及其衍生物等兩性離子型防靜電劑；胺基醇及其衍生物、甘油及其衍生物、聚乙二醇及其衍生物等非離子型防靜電劑；將具有上述陽離子型、陰離子型、兩性離子型之離子導電性基(例如四級銨鹽基)之單體聚合或共聚而獲得之離子導電性聚合物；聚噻吩、聚苯胺、聚吡咯、聚伸乙基亞胺、烯丙胺系聚合物等導電性聚合物；等。該等防靜電劑可單獨使用一種，亦可組合兩種以上使用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述無機導電性物質，可列舉：氧化錫、氧化銻、氧化銦、氧化鎘、氧化鈦、氧化鋅、銦、錫、銻、金、銀、銅、鋁、鎳、鉻、鈦、鐵、鈷、碘化銅、ITO(氧化銦/氧化錫)、ATO(氧化銻/氧化錫)等。此種無機導電性物質可單獨使用一種，亦可組合兩種以上使用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述防靜電劑，可列舉陽離子型防靜電劑、陰離子型防靜電劑、兩性離子型防靜電劑、非離子型防靜電劑、將具有上述陽離子型、陰離子型、兩性離子型之離子性導電性基之單體聚合或共聚而獲得之離子導電性聚合物等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜黏合劑＞ 上述面塗層含有聚酯樹脂作為黏合劑為較佳之態樣。上述聚酯樹脂為含有聚酯作為主要成分(典型而言為占超過50質量%，較佳75質量%以上，例如90質量%以上之成分)之樹脂材料。上述聚酯典型而言較佳為具有選自一分子中具有兩個以上羧基之多元羧酸類(典型而言為二元羧酸類)及其衍生物(該多元羧酸之酸酐、酯化物、醯鹵等)中之一種或兩種以上之化合物(多元羧酸成分)與選自一分子中具有兩個以上羥基之多元醇類(典型而言為二元醇系)中之一種或兩種以上之化合物(多元醇成分)縮合而成之構造。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為可用作上述多元羧酸成分之化合物之例，可列舉：草酸、丙二酸、二氟丙二酸、烷基丙二酸、琥珀酸、四氟琥珀酸、烷基琥珀酸、(±)-蘋果酸、內消旋酒石酸、衣康酸、馬來酸、甲基馬來酸、富馬酸、甲基富馬酸、乙炔二甲酸、戊二酸、六氟戊二酸、甲基戊二酸、戊烯二酸、己二酸、二硫代己二酸、甲基己二酸、二甲基己二酸、四甲基己二酸、亞甲基己二酸、己二烯二酸、半乳糖二酸、庚二酸、辛二酸、全氟辛二酸、3,3,6,6-四甲基辛二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、全氟癸二酸、十三烷二酸、十四烷二酸、十五烷二酸、十六烷二酸等脂肪族二元羧酸類；環烷基二羧酸(例如，1,4-環己烷二甲酸、1,2-環己烷二甲酸)、1,4-(2-降冰片烯)二甲酸、5-降冰片烯-2,3-二甲酸(納迪克酸)、金剛烷二甲酸、螺庚烷二甲酸等脂環式二元羧酸類；鄰苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、二硫代間苯二甲酸、甲基間苯二甲酸、二甲基間苯二甲酸、氯間苯二甲酸、二氯間苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、甲基對苯二甲酸、二甲基對苯二甲酸、氯對苯二甲酸、溴對苯二甲酸、萘二甲酸、氧芴二甲酸、蒽二甲酸、聯苯二甲酸、聯苯烯二甲酸、二甲基聯苯烯二甲酸、4,4"-對伸苯基二甲酸、4,4"-對四聯苯二甲酸、聯苄二甲酸、偶氮苯二甲酸、高鄰苯二酸、伸苯基二乙酸、伸苯基二丙酸、萘二甲酸、萘二丙酸、聯苯二乙酸、聯苯二丙酸、3,3'-[4,4'-(亞甲基-二對聯苯基)二丙酸]、4,4'-聯苄二乙酸、3,3'-(4,4'-聯苄)二丙酸、氧基二-對伸苯基二乙酸等芳香族二元羧酸類；上述任意一種多元羧酸之酸酐；上述任意一種多元羧酸之酯(例如烷基酯，可為單酯、二酯等)；與上述任意一種多元羧酸對應之醯鹵(例如二元羧酸醯氯)；等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為可用作上述多元羧酸成分之化合物之較佳例，可列舉對苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、萘二甲酸等芳香族二元羧酸系及其酸酐；己二酸、癸二酸、壬二酸、琥珀酸、富馬酸、馬來酸、納迪克酸、1,4-環己烷二甲酸等脂肪族二元羧酸類及其酸酐；以及上述二元羧酸類之低級烷基酯(例如，與碳原子數1～3之一元醇之酯)等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另一方面，作為可用作上述多元醇成分之化合物之例，可列舉：乙二醇、丙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、新戊二醇、1,5-戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、3-甲基戊二醇、二乙二醇、1,4-環己烷二甲醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、2-甲基-1,3-丙二醇、2,2-二乙基-1,3-丙二醇、2-丁基-2-乙基-1,3-丙二醇、苯二甲醇、氫化雙酚A、雙酚A等二元醇類。作為其他例，可列舉該等化合物之環氧烷加成物(例如，環氧乙烷加成物、環氧丙烷加成物等)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 上述聚酯樹脂之分子量，以藉由凝膠滲透色譜法(GPC)測定之按標準聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量(Mw)計，可為例如5×103 ～1.5×105 左右(較佳為1×104 ～6×104 左右)。另外，上述聚酯樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)可為例如0℃～120℃(較佳為10℃～80℃)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述聚酯樹脂，可使用市售之東洋紡公司製造之商品名「Vylonal」等。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 於不明顯損害此處所揭示之黏著片材之性能(例如防靜電性等性能)之範圍內，上述面塗層可進而含有選自聚酯樹脂以外之樹脂(例如選自丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯酸-胺基甲酸酯樹脂、丙烯酸-苯乙烯樹脂、丙烯酸-聚矽氧樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、聚矽氮烷樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、氟樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂等中之一種或兩種以上樹脂)作為黏合劑。作為此處所揭示之技術之較佳一態樣，為面塗層之黏合劑實質上僅包含聚酯樹脂之情形。例如，較佳為聚酯樹脂於黏合劑中所占之比例為98～100質量%之面塗層。黏合劑於面塗層整體中所占之比例例如可設定為50～95質量%，通常設定為60～90質量%較為適當。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜潤滑劑＞ 此處所揭示之技術中之面塗層使用脂肪醯胺作為潤滑劑為較佳之態樣。藉由使用脂肪醯胺作為潤滑劑，即便於面塗層之表面不實施進一步之剝離處理(例如，塗佈聚矽氧系剝離劑、長鏈烷基系剝離劑等公知之剝離處理劑並乾燥之處理)之態樣中，亦可獲得兼顧充分之潤滑性與印字密著性之面塗層，因此可成為較佳之態樣。如此不於面塗層之表面實施進一步之剝離處理之態樣，就可將由剝離處理劑造成之白化(例如，於加熱加濕條件下保存而造成之白化)防患於未然等方面考慮較佳。另外，就耐溶劑性之方面而言亦較為有利。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為上述脂肪醯胺之具體例，可列舉：月桂醯胺、棕櫚醯胺、硬脂醯胺、山萮醯胺、羥基硬脂醯胺、油醯胺、芥醯胺、N-油烯基棕櫚醯胺、N-硬脂基硬脂醯胺、N-硬脂基油醯胺、N-油烯基硬脂醯胺、N-硬脂基芥醯胺、羥甲基硬脂醯胺、亞甲基雙硬脂醯胺、伸乙基雙癸醯胺、伸乙基雙月桂醯胺、伸乙基雙硬脂醯胺、伸乙基雙羥基硬脂醯胺、伸乙基雙山萮醯胺、六亞甲基雙硬脂醯胺、六亞甲基雙山崳醯胺、六亞甲基雙羥基硬脂醯胺、N,N'-二硬脂基己二酸二醯胺、N,N'-二硬脂基癸二酸二醯胺、伸乙基雙油醯胺、伸乙基雙芥醯胺、六亞甲基雙油醯胺、N,N'-二油烯基己二酸二醯胺、N,N'-二油烯基癸二酸二醯胺、間苯二亞甲基雙硬脂醯胺、間苯二亞甲基雙羥基硬脂醯胺、N,N'-二硬脂基間苯二甲酸二醯胺等。該等潤滑劑可單獨使用一種，亦可組合兩種以上使用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 潤滑劑於上述面塗層整體中所占之比例可設定為1～50質量%，通常設定為5～40質量%較為適當。若潤滑劑之含有比例過少，則具有潤滑性容易下降之傾向。若潤滑劑之含有比例過多，則可能有時印字密著性下降。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 此處所揭示之技術，於不明顯損害其應用效果之範圍內，可以面塗層除了上述脂肪醯胺以外進而含有其他潤滑劑之態樣實施。作為上述其他潤滑劑之例，可列舉石油系蠟(石蠟等)、礦物系蠟(褐煤蠟等)、高級脂肪酸(蠟酸等)、中性脂肪(甘油三棕櫚酸酯等)等各種蠟。或者，除了上述蠟以外，可輔助地含有一般之聚矽氧系潤滑劑、氟系潤滑劑等。此處所揭示之技術，可較佳以實質上不含有上述聚矽氧系潤滑劑、氟系潤滑劑等之態樣實施。但是，於不明顯損害此處所揭示之技術之應用效果之範圍內，並不排除含有以與潤滑劑不同之目的(例如，作為下述面塗層用組合物之消泡劑)使用之聚矽氧系化合物。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜交聯劑＞ 上述面塗層含有異氰酸酯系交聯劑作為交聯劑為較佳之態樣。藉由使用上述異氰酸酯系交聯劑，於形成面塗層時能夠將水溶性之聚苯胺磺酸固定化於黏合劑中，可實現耐水性優異以及印字密著性提高等效果。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，較佳之態樣為使用於水溶液中亦穩定之封端化之異氰酸酯系交聯劑作為上述異氰酸酯系交聯劑。作為上述封端化之異氰酸酯系交聯劑之具體例，可使用用醇類、酚類、硫酚類、胺類、醯亞胺類、肟類、內醯胺類、活性亞甲基化合物類、硫醇類、亞胺類、脲類、二芳基化合物類以及亞硫酸氫鈉等將一般之黏著劑層或面塗層之製備時可使用之異氰酸酯系交聯劑(例如，下述黏著劑層中使用之異氰酸酯化合物(異氰酸酯系交聯劑))封端而成者。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 此處所揭示之技術中之面塗層可根據需要含有抗氧化劑、著色劑(顏料、染料等)、流動性調整劑(觸變劑、增稠劑等)、成膜助劑、界面活性劑(消泡劑等)、防腐劑、紫外線吸收劑、分散劑、防黏連劑等添加劑。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜面塗層之形成＞ 上述面塗層可適當地利用包括將上述導電性聚合物成分等成分以及根據需要使用之添加劑溶解於適當之溶劑(水等)中而成之液狀組合物(面塗層用組合物)賦予於樹脂層上之方法形成。例如，可較佳採用將上述面塗層用組合物塗佈於樹脂層之第一面並乾燥，並且根據需要進行硬化處理(熱處理、紫外線處理等)之方法。上述面塗層用組合物之NV(不揮發成分)可設為例如5質量%以下(典型而言為0.05～5質量%)，通常設為1質量%以下(典型而言為0.10～1質量%)較為適當。於形成厚度較小之面塗層之情形時，較佳為將上述面塗層用組合物之NV設為例如0.05～0.50質量%(例如0.10～0.40質量%)。藉由使用如此低NV之面塗層用組合物，可形成更均勻之面塗層。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為構成上述面塗層用組合物(面塗層形成用塗佈材料)之溶劑，較佳為能夠穩定地溶解面塗層之形成成分者。上述溶劑可為有機溶劑、水或者該等之混合溶劑。作為上述有機溶劑，可使用例如選自乙酸乙酯等酯類；甲基乙基酮、丙酮、環己酮等酮類；四氫呋喃(THF)、二氧雜環己烷等環狀醚類；正己烷、環己烷等脂肪族或脂環族烴類；甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類；甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、環己醇等脂肪族或脂環族醇類；伸烷基二醇單烷基醚(例如乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚)、二伸烷基二醇單烷基醚等二醇醚類；等中之一種或兩種以上。於較佳之一態樣中，上述面塗層用組合物之溶劑為水或者以水作為主要成分之混合溶劑(例如水與乙醇之混合溶劑)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜面塗層之性狀＞ 此處所揭示之技術中之面塗層之厚度典型而言為3 nm～500 nm，較佳為10 nm～100 nm，更佳為20 nm～60 nm。若面塗層之厚度過小，則難以均勻地形成面塗層(例如，對於面塗層之厚度而言，根據部位不同，厚度之差異增大)，因此可能有時黏著片材之外觀容易產生不均勻。另一方面，若厚度過厚，則有時對樹脂層之特性(光學特性、尺寸穩定性等)產生影響。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 此處所揭示之黏著片材之較佳一態樣中，於面塗層之表面測定之表面電阻率(Ω/□)較佳為未達1.0×1011 ，更佳為未達5.0×1010 ，進而較佳為未達1.5×1010 。顯示上述範圍內之表面電阻率之黏著片材，例如可適合用作液晶單元或半導體裝置等避忌靜電之物品之加工或運送過程等中使用之黏著片材。再者，上述表面電阻率可由使用市售之絕緣電阻測定裝置於23℃、50%RH之氣氛下測定之表面電阻率而計算出。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 此處所揭示之黏著片材較佳為具有其背面(面塗層之表面)可使用水性油墨或油性油墨(例如使用油性記號筆)容易地印字之性質。上述黏著片材適合於貼附有黏著片材之狀態下進行之被接著體(例如光學零件)之加工或運送等過程中將作為保護對象之被接著體之識別編號等記載於上述黏著片材上並顯示。因此，較佳為印字性優異之黏著片材。例如，較佳為對溶劑為醇系且含有顏料之類型之油性油墨具有高印字性。另外，較佳為印字後之油墨不容易因刮擦或轉印而除去(即，印字密著性優異)。此處所揭示之黏著片材進而較佳為具有於修正或消除印字時即便用醇(例如乙醇)擦拭印字外觀上亦不產生明顯變化之程度之耐溶劑性。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 此處所揭示之黏著片材，可以除了樹脂層、接著層、黏著劑層以及面塗層以外進而包含其他層之態樣實施。作為上述「其他層」之配置，可例示第一樹脂層之第一面(背面)與面塗層之間、第二樹脂層之第二面(正面)與黏著劑層之間等。於第一樹脂層之背面與面塗層之間配置之層例如可為含有防靜電成分之層(上述面塗層)。於第二樹脂層之正面與黏著劑層之間配置之層例如可為提高黏著劑層對上述第二面之錨固性之底塗層(錨固層)、面塗層等。可為於第二樹脂層之正面配置有面塗層、於面塗層上配置有錨固層、並於其上配置有黏著劑層之構成之黏著片材。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 本發明之光學構件較佳為由上述黏著片材保護。上述黏著片材之拾取性等優異，因此可用於加工、運送、出貨時等之表面保護用途(黏著片材)，對於保護上述光學構件(偏光板等)之表面較為有用之。特別是於具有面塗層之情形時、以及於黏著劑層中調配防靜電成分之情形時，可用於容易產生靜電之塑膠製品等，因此於靜電成為特別嚴重之問題之光學、電子零件相關之技術領域中，於防靜電用途中非常有用。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，本發明之黏著片材之總厚度較佳為14 μm～400 μm，更佳為40 μm～200 μm，最佳為55 μm～100 μm。若於上述範圍內，則黏著特性(再剝離性、接著性等)、作業性等優異，為較佳之態樣。再者，上述總厚度係指包括樹脂層、接著層、黏著劑層以及面塗層等全部層之厚度之合計。 [實施例] 以下，對於與本發明相關之一些實施例進行說明，但無意將本發明限定於上述具體例所示者。再者，以下之說明中，除非另有說明，「份」及「%」為質量基準。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，以下之說明中之各特性各自如下進行測定或評價。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜重量平均分子量(Mw)之測定＞ 重量平均分子量(Mw)係使用東曹股份有限公司製造之GPC裝置(HLC-8220GPC)進行測定。測定條件如下所述。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 樣品濃度：0.2質量%(THF溶液) 樣品注入量：10 μl 溶離液：THF 流速：0.6 ml/min 測定溫度：40℃ 管柱： 樣品管柱：TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H(1根)+TSKgel SuperHZM-H(2根) 參比管柱：TSKgel SuperH-RC(1根) 檢測器：示差折射計(RI) 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 再者，重量平均分子量係利用聚苯乙烯換算值求出。另外，於需要測定數量平均分子量(Mn)之情形時，亦與重量平均分子量同樣地進行測定。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)＞ 玻璃轉移溫度Tg(℃)係使用下述文獻值作為各單體之均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度Tgn(℃)並利用下式求出。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 式：1/(Tg＋273)＝Σ [Wn/(Tgn＋273)] [式中，Tg(℃)表示共聚物之玻璃轉移溫度，Wn(-)表示各單體之重量分率，Tgn(℃)表示各單體之均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度，n表示各單體之種類]。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 文獻值： 丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)：-70℃ 丙烯酸正丁酯(BA)：-55℃ 丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEA)：-15℃ 丙烯酸(AA)：106℃ 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，作為文獻值，參考「丙烯酸系樹脂之合成、設計及新用途展望」(中央經營開發中心出版部發行)以及「Polymer Handbook」(John Wiley & Sons)、單體製造商產品目錄值。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 另外，關於由文獻值未知之單體獲得之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)(℃)，於下述步驟藉由動態黏彈性測定而決定。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 首先，將厚度20 μm之(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物片材積層至約2 mm之厚度，將所得物體沖裁為

Figure 02_image001
7.9 mm，製作圓柱狀之顆粒，作為玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)測定用樣品。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 使用上述測定用樣品，將上述測定樣品固定於
Figure 02_image001
7.9 mm平行板夾具上，利用動態黏彈性測定裝置(Rheometrics公司製造，ARES)測定損耗彈性模量G"之溫度依賴性，將所獲得之G"曲線達到極大時之溫度作為玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)(℃)。測定條件如下所述。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 測定：剪切模式 溫度範圍：-70℃～150℃ 升溫速度：5℃/min 頻率：1 Hz 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜厚度測定＞ 使用數字式千分尺(安立公司製造，製品名「KC-351C」)進行測定。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜拉伸強度＞ 根據JIS C 2318，使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造，製品名「Autograph」)進行測定。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜接著劑層之儲存彈性模數＞ 將接著層積層達到約2 mm之厚度，將所得物體沖裁為
Figure 02_image001
7.9 mm，製作圓柱狀之顆粒並將其作為測定用樣品。使用上述測定用樣品，將上述測定樣品固定於
Figure 02_image001
7.9 mm平行板夾具上，使用動態黏彈性測定裝置(Rheometrics公司製造，ARES)，測定23℃下之儲存彈性模數G'。測定條件如下所述。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 測定：剪切模式 頻率：1 Hz 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 作為本發明中之接著層之儲存彈性模數(23℃)，為1.0×104 Pa以上且未達5.0×107 Pa，較佳為1.0×104 Pa以上且未達1.0×107 Pa，更佳為1.0×105 Pa以上且未達1.0×106 Pa。若於上述範圍內，則黏著片材之拾取性良好，為較佳之態樣。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜表面電阻率之測定＞ 於溫度23℃、濕度50%RH之氣氛下，使用電阻率計(三菱化學Analytech製造，Hiresta UP MCP-HT450型)，根據JIS K 6911進行測定。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 再者，作為本發明中之表面電阻率(Ω/□)，初始以及於室溫(RT)(23℃×50%RH)×1週(7天)靜置之情形時均較佳為未達1.0×1011 ，更佳為未達5.0×1010 ，進而較佳為未達1.5×1010 。顯示上述範圍內之表面電阻率之黏著片材例如可適合用作於液晶單元或半導體裝置等避忌靜電之物品之加工或運送過程等中使用之黏著片材。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜剝離靜電電壓(偏光板側)之測定＞ 將各例之黏著片材1切割為寬度70 mm、長度130 mm之尺寸，將剝離襯墊剝離後，如圖2所示，利用手動輥壓接於預先除電後之貼合於丙烯酸系樹脂板3(三菱麗陽公司製造，商品名「ACRYLITE」，厚度：1 mm，寬度：70 mm，長度：100 mm)上之偏光板2(日東電工公司製造，SEG1423DU偏光板，寬度：70 mm，長度：100 mm)之表面上，使黏著片材1之單個端部自偏光板2之邊緣突出30 mm。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 將該樣品於23℃×50%RH之環境下放置1天後，設置於高度20 mm之樣品固定台4之特定位置。將自偏光板2突出30 mm之黏著片材1之端部固定於自動捲繞機(未圖示)上，以剝離角度150°、剝離速度10 m/min之條件進行剝離。利用固定於距離偏光板2之中央之高度100 mm之位置之電位測定器5(春日電機公司製造，型號「KSD-0103」)測定此時產生之被接著體(偏光板)表面之電位作為「初始之偏光板剝離靜電電壓」。測定係於23℃、50%RH之環境下進行。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 本發明中之剝離靜電電壓(kV)(絕對值)較佳為1以下，更佳為0.9以下，進而較佳為0.5以下。若於上述範圍內，則例如可防止液晶驅動器之損傷，為較佳之態樣。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜背面黏著力(A)測定＞ 如圖3所示，將各例之黏著片材1切割為寬度70 mm、長度100 mm之尺寸，將該黏著片材1之黏著面(設置有黏著劑層20之側)20A用雙面黏著帶130固定於SUS304不鏽鋼板132上。將於樹脂層膜(以第一樹脂層、接著層、第二樹脂層之順序)164上具有丙烯酸系黏著劑162之單面黏著帶(日東電工公司製造，商品名「No.31B」，寬度19 mm)160切割為100 mm之長度。將該黏著帶160之黏著面162A於0.25 MPa之壓力、0.3 m/min之速度之條件下壓接於黏著片材1之背面(即，面塗層14之表面)1A。將所得物體於23℃、50%RH之條件下放置30分鐘。然後，使用萬能拉伸試驗機，於剝離速度0.3 m/min、剝離角度180度之條件下將黏著帶160自黏著片材1之背面1A剝離，測定此時之黏著力(A)[N/19 mm]。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 再者，上述背面黏著力(A)較佳為3.0 N/19 mm以上，更佳為4.0 N/19 mm以上，進而較佳為5.0 N/19 mm以上，最佳為6.0 N/19 mm以上。若上述黏著力未達3.0 N/19 mm，則無法獲得充分之黏著力，拾取性變差，保護膜之剝離作業性降低，因此不佳。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜對偏光板黏著力(B)測定＞ 準備寬度70 mm、長度100 mm之平面偏光板(日東電工公司製造之TAC偏光板，SEG1425DU)作為被接著體。將各例之黏著片材切割為寬度25 mm、長度100 mm之尺寸，將其黏著面於0.25 MPa之壓力、0.3 m/min之速度之條件下壓接於上述偏光板上。將所得物體於23℃、50%RH之環境下放置30分鐘後，於相同之環境下使用萬能拉伸試驗機於剝離速度0.3 m/min、剝離角度180°之條件下將黏著片材自上述偏光板剝離，並測定此時之黏著力(B)[N/25 mm]。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 再者，上述黏著力(B)較佳為3.0 N/25 mm以下，更佳為2.5 N/25 mm以下，進而較佳為2.0 N/25 mm以下，特別較佳為1.6 N/25 mm以下，最佳為1.0 N/25 mm以下。若上述黏著力超過3.5 N/25 mm，則剝離作業性較差，因此不佳。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜保護膜(黏著片材)剝離後之接著性＞ 將各例之黏著片材以0.25 MPa之壓力、0.3 m/min之速度壓接於平面偏光板(日東電工公司製造之TAC偏光板，SEG1425DU)上。然後，於常溫下放置1天後，將上述黏著片材剝離。接著，於貼合有上述黏著片材之偏光板之表面上，於溫度23℃文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。×濕度50%下貼合長度70 mm、寬度19 mm之丙烯酸系膠帶(日東電工公司製造，編號：No.31B)之黏著面，並以0.25 MPa、300 mm/min進行壓接，於溫度23℃文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。×濕度50%下放置30分鐘後，使用拉伸試驗機測定180°剝離黏著力(溫度23℃、濕度50%RH、剝離角度180°、拉伸速度300 mm/min)[N/19 mm]，並根據此時之黏著力評價保護膜(黏著片材)剝離後之接著性。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 再者，上述保護膜(黏著片材)剝離後之黏著力較佳為3 N/19 mm以上，更佳為5 N/19 mm以上，進而較佳為6.3 N/19 mm以上，特別較佳為6.7 N/19 mm以上，最佳為6.9 N/19 mm以上。若上述黏著力未達3 N/19 mm，則無法獲得充分之黏著力，拾取性變差，保護膜之剝離作業性降低，因此不佳。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜拾取性＞ 如圖4所示，將各例之黏著片材1切割為寬度50 mm、長度100 mm之尺寸，將該黏著片材1之黏著面(設置有黏著劑層20之側)20A以0.25 MPa之壓力、0.3 m/min之速度壓接於平面偏光板(日東電工公司製造之TAC偏光板，SEG1425DU)50上。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 將單面黏著帶60(日東電工公司製造，商品名「No.31B」)切割為寬度10 mm、長度50 mm。用手將該黏著帶60之黏著劑層(黏著面)62壓接於黏著片材1之寬度50 mm之背面(即，面塗層14之表面)之中心上使端部突出30 mm。將所得物體於23℃、50%RH之條件下放置10秒。然後，用手將單面黏著帶60剝離，評價黏著片材1之剝離狀況(拾取性)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 評價基準係將黏著片材可剝離之情形評價為○，將無法剝離且黏著片材殘留之情形評價為×。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜撓曲量＞ 如圖5所示，將各例之黏著片材1切割為寬度20 mm、長度150 mm之尺寸，以該黏著片材1之黏著面朝向外側之方式利用日東電工公司製造之No. 31B膠帶T將端部固定於玻璃板G上。測定此時之黏著片材之中心位置之高度H1。然後，於中心位置放置4.8 g之荷重L，並測定此時之黏著片材之中心位置之高度H2。由下式求出撓曲量[mm]。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 撓曲量＝H1－H2[mm] 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 再者，上述撓曲量較佳為30 mm以下，更佳為25 mm以下，進而較佳為20 mm以下。若上述撓曲量超過30 mm，則貼合有黏著片材之光學構件於運送過程中容易撓曲，因此不佳。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 以下，說明面塗層、黏著劑組合物(黏著劑溶液)、黏著片材(表面保護膜)之製備方法。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 [實施例1] ＜樹脂層膜(第一樹脂層、接著層及第二樹脂層之順序)之製備＞ 於具備冷卻管、氮氣導入管、溫度計及攪拌裝置之反應容器中加入丙烯酸丁酯(BA)100質量份、丙烯酸(AA)5.0質量份、丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(2HEA)0.075質量份、2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈0.3質量份及乙酸乙酯，一面於氮氣氣流下攪拌一面於60℃下反應6小時，從而獲得重量平均分子量163萬之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液。相對於該丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之聚合物固形物成分100質量份，添加異氰酸酯系多官能化合物(日本聚胺酯工業公司製造，商品名：Coronate L)0.6質量份、矽烷偶合劑(信越化學工業公司製造，商品名：KBM403)0.08質量份，從而製備丙烯酸系接著劑1組合物溶液。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 於作為樹脂層之聚酯系樹脂膜(東洋紡公司製造，商品名：E5000，厚度：38 μm，拉伸強度：208 MPa)上塗佈上述丙烯酸系接著劑1組合物溶液，並於90℃下進行加熱，從而形成厚度20 μm之接著層。所獲得之接著層之23℃下之儲存彈性模數為1.0×105 Pa。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 然後，於接著層上積層聚酯系樹脂膜(東洋紡公司製造，商品名：E5000，厚度：38 μm，拉伸強度：208 MPa)，從而獲得厚度96 μm之樹脂層膜。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜丙烯酸系黏著劑1溶液之製備＞ 於具備攪拌葉片、溫度計、氮氣導入管、冷卻器之四口燒瓶中投入丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)95質量份、丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEA)5質量份、作為聚合起始劑之2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈0.2質量份、乙酸乙酯150質量份，一面緩慢攪拌一面導入氮氣，將燒瓶內之液溫保持於65℃附近並進行6小時聚合反應，從而製備(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液(40質量%)。上述丙烯酸系聚合物之重量平均分子量為55萬，玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)為-68℃。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 用乙酸乙酯將上述(甲基)丙烯酸系聚合物溶液(40質量%)稀釋為20質量%，於該溶液500質量份(固形物成分100質量份)中添加作為含環氧烷基化合物之25R-1(ADEKA公司製造，商品名「ADEKA Pluronic 25R-1」)0.5質量份(固形物成分0.5質量份)、作為交聯劑之六亞甲基二異氰酸酯之異氰脲酸酯形式(日本胺酯工業公司製造，商品名Coronate HX(C/HX))4質量份(固形物成分4質量份)、作為交聯觸媒之二月桂酸二丁基錫(1質量%乙酸乙酯溶液)2質量份(固形物成分0.02質量份)，進行混合攪拌，從而製備丙烯酸系黏著劑1溶液。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜黏著片材(表面保護膜)之製作＞ 將上述丙烯酸系黏著劑1溶液塗佈於上述樹脂層膜(第一樹脂層、接著層、第二樹脂層之順序)之與第一樹脂層相反之面上，於130℃下加熱1分鐘，從而形成厚度20 μm之黏著劑層。然後，於上述黏著劑層之表面貼合單面實施聚矽氧處理之作為隔片之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜(厚度25 μm)之聚矽氧處理面，從而製作黏著片材(表面保護膜)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 [實施例13] ＜面塗層用溶液(面塗層1)之製備＞ 將作為黏合劑之聚酯樹脂Vylonal MD-1480(25%水溶液，東洋紡公司製品)、作為導電性聚合物之聚苯胺磺酸(aqua-PASS，重量平均分子量4萬，三菱麗陽公司製造)、作為交聯劑之用二異丙胺封端後之六亞甲基二異氰酸酯之異氰脲酸酯形式、作為潤滑劑之油醯胺添加於水/乙醇(1/3)之混合溶劑中，添加以固形物成分量計100質量份之黏合劑、以固形物成分量計75質量份之導電性聚合物、以固形物成分量計10質量份之交聯劑、以固形物成分量計30質量份之潤滑劑，攪拌約20分鐘充分地進行混合。如此製備NV約0.4%之面塗層用溶液(面塗層1)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜附面塗層之樹脂層膜(面塗層、第一樹脂層、接著層及第二樹脂層之順序)之製備＞ 對上述樹脂層膜之單面進行電暈處理，並於電暈處理面上塗佈上述面塗層用溶液使乾燥後之厚度為30 nm。將該塗佈物於130℃下加熱1分鐘使其乾燥，由此製作附面塗層之樹脂層膜(面塗層、第一樹脂層、接著層及第二樹脂層之順序)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜黏著片材(表面保護膜)之製作＞ 將上述丙烯酸系黏著劑溶液塗佈於上述附面塗層之樹脂層膜(面塗層、第一樹脂層、接著層、第二樹脂層之順序)之與面塗層相反面上，於130℃下加熱1分鐘，從而形成厚度15 μm之黏著劑層。然後，於上述黏著劑層之表面貼合單面實施聚矽氧處理之作為隔片之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜(厚度25 μm)之聚矽氧處理面，從而製作黏著片材(表面保護膜)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 [實施例3～5] ＜含環氧烷(AO)基丙烯酸系化合物＞ 於具有攪拌葉片、溫度計、氮氣導入管及冷卻器之四口燒瓶中添加甲苯120質量份、2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈10質量份，一面緩慢攪拌一面導入氮氣，並將液溫調整為85℃。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 接著，一面將液溫保持於85℃一面用2小時緩慢地添加丙烯酸2-乙基己酯50質量份、乙氧基-二乙二醇丙烯酸酯50質量份、α-甲基苯乙烯二聚物10質量份，並進行聚合反應。添加結束後，再一面將液溫保持85℃一面進行1小時聚合反應，從而製備含亞乙氧基丙烯酸系化合物之溶液(固形物成分：42質量%)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 將上述含亞乙氧基丙烯酸系化合物之溶液(固形物成分：42質量%)於130℃下乾燥1小時，從而獲得亞乙氧基比率23質量%之丙烯酸系化合物(固形物成分：100質量%)。該丙烯酸系化合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)為3000。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 [實施例12] ＜胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑溶液之製備＞ 調配作為多元醇之具有三個羥基(OH基)之多元醇之PREMINOL S3015(旭硝子股份有限公司製造，Mn＝15000)100質量份、作為多官能異氰酸酯化合物之三羥甲基丙烷/甲苯二異氰酸酯三聚物加成物(日本聚胺酯工業公司製造，商品名：Coronate L)13質量份、作為含環氧烷基化合物之三異硬脂酸聚氧伸乙基甘油酯(第一工業製藥股份有限公司製造，商品名：NOIGEN GIS-320，數量平均分子量(Mn)：2000，亞乙氧基含有率53%)1質量份、觸媒(日本化學產業股份有限公司製造，商品名：Nasem亞鐵)0.04質量份、作為稀釋溶劑之乙酸乙酯210質量份，於分散器中攪拌，從而獲得胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑組合物(溶液)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 ＜黏著片材(表面保護膜)之製作＞ 將上述胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑溶液塗佈於上述樹脂層膜(第一樹脂層、接著層、第二樹脂層之順序)之與第一樹脂層相反之面上，於130℃下加熱1分鐘，從而形成厚度10 μm之黏著劑層。然後，於上述黏著劑層之表面貼合單面實施聚矽氧處理之作為隔片之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜(厚度25 μm)之聚矽氧處理面，從而製作黏著片材(表面保護膜)。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 [比較例3] ＜樹脂層膜(第一樹脂層、接著層及第二樹脂層之順序)之製備＞ 於具備冷卻管、氮氣導入管、溫度計及攪拌裝置之反應容器中加入丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)30質量份、丙烯酸甲酯(MA)70質量份、丙烯酸(AA)10質量份、2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈0.2質量份及乙酸乙酯，一面於氮氣氣流下攪拌一面於60℃下反應6小時，從而獲得重量平均分子量110萬之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液。相對於該丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之聚合物固形物成分100質量份，添加環氧化合物[三菱瓦斯化學公司製造，TETRAD-C]1.0質量份、胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯化合物[日本合成化學工業公司製造，UV-1700B]40質量份、丙烯酸酯化合物[日本化藥公司製造，KAYARAD DPCA-120]40質量份、1-羥基環己基苯基甲酮(商品名：IRGACURE 184)[汽巴精化股份有限公司製造]7質量份，從而製備丙烯酸系接著劑2組合物溶液。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 於作為樹脂層之聚酯系樹脂膜(東洋紡公司製造，商品名：E5000，厚度：38 μm，拉伸強度：208 MPa)上，塗佈上述丙烯酸系接著劑2組合物溶液，並於90℃下加熱，從而形成厚度12 μm之接著層。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 然後，於接著層上積層聚酯系樹脂膜(東洋紡公司製造，商品名：E5000，厚度：38 μm，拉伸強度：208 MPa)，利用高壓水銀燈以累積光量0.5 J/cm2 進行紫外線照射而使接著層硬化，從而獲得厚度88 μm之樹脂層膜。所獲得之接著層之23℃下之儲存彈性模數為6.7×107 Pa。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 [實施例2～14及比較例1～2] 基於表1～表3之調配內容，以與實施例1同樣之方式製作黏著片材(表面保護膜)。再者，於調配防靜電成分之情形時，於與含AO基化合物相同之時機調配。實施例14係藉由與實施例13同樣之方法製備黏著片材。另外，比較例2中僅使用表4所示之第二樹脂層代替樹脂層膜。再者，表中之調配量表示固形物成分。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 對於實施例及比較例之黏著片材，進行上述各種測定及評價，結果如表4～6所示。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 [表1] 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。
Figure 108123674-A0304-0001
 [表2] 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。
Figure 108123674-A0304-0002
 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 [表3] 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。
Figure 108123674-A0304-0003
 再者，表2及表3中之縮略語如下說明。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 2EHA：丙烯酸2-乙基己酯 BA：丙烯酸正丁酯 HEA：丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯 AA：丙烯酸 25R-1：ADEKA股份有限公司製造，商品名「ADEKA Pluronic 25R-1」(數量平均分子量2800，亞乙氧基含有率10質量%) 17R-4：ADEKA股份有限公司製造，商品名「ADEKA Pluronic 17R-4」(數量平均分子量2500，亞乙氧基含有率40質量%) HS-10：第一工業製藥公司製造，聚氧伸乙基壬基丙烯基苯基醚硫酸銨，商品名「Aqualon HS-10」(分子量798，亞乙氧基含有率55質量%) C/HX：六亞甲基二異氰酸酯之異氰脲酸酯形式(日本聚胺酯公司製造，商品名：Coronate HX) D201：六亞甲基二異氰酸酯系2官能異氰酸酯(旭化成公司製造，商品名：Duranate D-201) BMP：1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺(離子液體，25℃下為液狀，和光純藥股份有限公司) LiTFSI：雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鋰(鹼金屬鹽，岸田化學股份有限公司製造) 聚酯系樹脂25 μm：帝人杜邦公司製造，商品名：G2、拉伸強度：261 MPa 聚酯系樹脂38 μm：東洋紡公司製造，商品名：E5000，拉伸強度：208 MPa 聚酯系樹脂75 μm：東洋紡公司製造，商品名：E5000，拉伸強度：188 MPa [表4] 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。
Figure 108123674-A0304-0004
 [表5] 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。
Figure 108123674-A0304-0005
 [表6] 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。
Figure 108123674-A0304-0006
 由上述評價結果可確認，於全部之實施例中，藉由使用具有所需之厚度之比、或接著層之儲存彈性模數、黏著劑層之黏著片材，黏著特性(接著性等)、或拾取性等優異。另一方面，於比較例中，由於未使用具有所需之厚度之比、或黏著劑層之黏著片材中，因此未獲得可滿足全部特性者。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。 [產業之可利用性] 此處所揭示之黏著片材適合作為於作為液晶顯示面板、電漿顯示面板(PDP)、有機電致發光(EL)顯示器、觸控面板顯示器等之構成要素使用之光學構件之製造、運送時等用以保護光學構件之黏著片材(表面保護膜)。特別是，作為應用於液晶顯示面板用之偏光板(偏光膜)、波長板、相位差板、光學補償膜、增亮膜、光擴散片材、反射片材等光學構件之黏著片材(光學用黏著片材)較為有用。Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Adhesive sheet (surface protective film)> Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an adhesive sheet according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. The adhesive sheet 1 has a first resin layer 6, an adhesive layer 7, and a second resin layer 8 in this order (sometimes, the composition having the first resin layer, the adhesive layer, and the second resin layer in this order is referred to as "resin layer "Film") and the adhesive layer 20. In addition, in addition to the above configuration, it is also preferable that the surface of the first resin layer 6 on the opposite side to the surface having the adhesive layer 20 has a top coat layer 14. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 1 is preferably a laminated body in which the first resin layer 6 and the second resin layer 8 are laminated via the adhesive layer 7 and has an adhesive layer 20 and a top coat layer 14. In addition, the adhesive layer 20 is used to bond to the adherend (for example, an optical member). Furthermore, although not shown, it is preferable that a spacer is attached to the surface of the adhesive layer 20 before being attached to the adherend. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Resin layer> The resin layer is preferably composed of a resin film. The thickness of the resin layer is preferably 1 μm to 200 μm, more preferably 12 μm to 75 μm. The relationship between the thickness of the first resin layer and the thickness of the second resin layer is preferably (the thickness of the first resin layer)≦(the thickness of the second resin layer), and the thickness of the first resin layer is preferably 1 μm. ～50 μm, more preferably 4 μm～38 μm, most preferably 10 μm～25 μm. In addition, the thickness of the second resin layer is preferably 10 μm to 200 μm, more preferably 25 μm to 130 μm, and most preferably 38 μm to 75 μm. If it is in the above-mentioned range, it is possible to balance suppression of the amount of deflection of the adhesive sheet and pick-up properties, which is a preferred aspect. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The MD direction (flow direction) tensile strength of at least one resin layer can be set to any appropriate value. The tensile strength of the resin layer in the MD direction (flow direction) is preferably 90 MPa to 350 MPa, more preferably 110 MPa to 320 MPa, more preferably 130 MPa to 300 MPa, most preferably 180 MPa to 250 MPa. If it is in the above range, the amount of deflection of the adhesive sheet can be suppressed, which is a preferred aspect. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In the technology disclosed here, the resin material constituting the resin layer (support, substrate) can be used without particular limitation. For example, transparency, mechanical strength, thermal stability, moisture barrier properties, isotropy, etc. are preferably used. Those with excellent properties such as flexibility and dimensional stability. In particular, since the resin layer has flexibility, the adhesive composition can be applied with a roll coater or the like, and it can be wound into a roll shape, so it is useful. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As the above-mentioned resin layer, for example, polyester-based polymers such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), and polybutylene terephthalate can be preferably used; Cellulose polymers such as diacetyl cellulose and triacetyl cellulose; polycarbonate polymers, acrylic polymers such as polymethyl methacrylate as the main resin components (the main components of the resin components, typical In terms of the above-mentioned resin layer, a plastic film composed of a resin material that accounts for more than 50% by mass). As other examples of the above-mentioned resin materials, styrenic polymers such as polystyrene and acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer; polyethylene, polypropylene, polyolefins having a cyclic structure or norbornene structure, and ethylene Olefin-based polymers such as propylene copolymers; vinyl chloride-based polymers; nylon 6, nylon 6,6, aromatic polyamides and other amide-based polymers as resin materials. As another example of the above-mentioned resin material, an imine-based polymer, a turpentine-based polymer, a polyether turpentine-based polymer, a polyether ether ketone-based polymer, a polyphenylene sulfide-based polymer, and a vinyl alcohol-based polymer can be cited. , Vinylidene chloride-based polymers, vinyl alcohol butyraldehyde-based polymers, aryl ester-based polymers, polyoxymethylene-based polymers, epoxy-based polymers, etc. It may also be a resin layer containing a blend of two or more of the above-mentioned polymers. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, as the above-mentioned resin layer, a plastic film containing a transparent thermoplastic resin material can be preferably used. Among the above-mentioned plastic films, it is more preferable that at least one of the above-mentioned resin layers in the adhesive sheet of the present invention is a polyester film. Sample. Here, the polyester film refers to a main skeleton based on ester bonds such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polybutylene terephthalate, etc. The polymer material (polyester resin) as the main resin component. The above-mentioned polyester film has excellent optical properties and dimensional stability, and is preferable as a resin layer of an adhesive sheet (surface protective film). On the other hand, it has the property of being easily charged. In addition, as a resin layer satisfying the above-mentioned tensile strength, the following resins can be cited. Can preferably use polyester polymers such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polybutylene terephthalate; diethyl cellulose, Cellulose polymers such as triacetyl cellulose; polycarbonate polymers; acrylic polymers such as polymethyl methacrylate; polystyrene polymers; polyolefins with cyclic structure or norbornene structure ; Nylon 6, nylon 6,6, aromatic polyamide and other amide-based polymers as the main resin component (the main component of the resin component, typically more than 50% by mass) of the resin material composition A plastic film serves as the above-mentioned resin layer. It may also be a resin layer containing a blend of two or more of the above-mentioned polymers. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Various additives such as antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, plasticizers, colorants (pigments, dyes, etc.), etc. can be blended in the resin material constituting the above-mentioned resin layer as needed. In addition, the surface of the above-mentioned resin layer may be subjected to known or customary surface treatments such as corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, and primer coating. Such surface treatment may be, for example, a treatment for improving the adhesion between the resin layer and the adhesive layer or the top coat (anchoring properties of the adhesive layer, etc.). It is preferable to adopt a surface treatment in which polar groups such as hydroxyl groups are introduced on the surface of the resin layer. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Furthermore, the constitution (for example, thickness, forming material, elastic modulus, tensile elongation, etc.) of the first resin layer and the second resin layer may be the same or different, and may be appropriately selected. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Adhesive layer> The "adhesive layer" in the present invention refers to a layer that joins the surfaces of adjacent resin layers and integrates them with practically sufficient adhesive force and bonding time. Examples of materials for forming the adhesive layer include adhesives, adhesives, and thickening coating agents. The adhesion layer can be a multilayer structure in which an adhesion promoting coating is formed on the surface of the resin layer and the adhesion layer is formed thereon. Furthermore, the "adhesive layer" in the present invention refers to a peelable (repeelable) one. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The ratio of the thickness of the subsequent layer to the sum of the thickness of the first resin layer and the thickness of the second resin layer is 0.50 or less, preferably 0.4 or less, more preferably 0.35 or less, and most preferably 0.30 or less. By setting in such a range, the warpage of the adherend (for example, an optical member) can be suppressed extremely well. On the other hand, the ratio of the above-mentioned thickness is preferably 0.03 or more. By setting in such a range, the obtained adhesive sheet has more excellent flexibility and can achieve extremely excellent peelability. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The thickness of the subsequent layer is preferably thinner than the thickness of the resin layer. The difference between the thickness of the resin layer and the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 2 μm or more, more preferably 5 μm or more. If the difference is too small, depending on the thickness of the resin layer, the pick-up properties of the adhesive sheet may become insufficient. The thickness of the subsequent layer is preferably 1 μm-50 μm, more preferably 2 μm-25 μm, and still more preferably 5 μm-20 μm. If the thickness of the adhesive layer is too thick, defects (such as paste defects) may occur in the formation of the adhesive layer. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). According to the adhesive sheet of the present invention, stress relaxation is achieved by providing an adhesive layer, the peeling force of the obtained adhesive sheet is reduced, the pick-up property can be improved, and the pick-up can be performed lower than the peeling force of a separate resin layer. In addition, by having a resin layer film (the order of the first resin layer, the adhesive layer, and the second resin layer) in which the resin layer is laminated via the above-mentioned adhesive layer, the amount of deflection of the laminate film can be compared with that of each resin layer film. Compared with the improvement of the amount of deflection (reduce the amount of deflection), the problem of poor transportation caused by breakage or deformation in the transportation step can be improved, and the manufacturing efficiency can be improved. In addition, other fonts are used in the 23°C document of the next layer, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, and English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The storage elastic modulus below is 1.0×10 4 Pa above and less than 5.0×10 7 Pa, preferably 1.0×10 4 Pa above and less than 1.0×10 7 Pa, more preferably 1.0×10 5 Pa above and less than 1.0×10 6 Pa. The storage elastic modulus of the above-mentioned adhesive layer can be measured using a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device at a frequency of 1 Hz. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The adhesive layer is typically formed of an adhesive. As the adhesive, an acrylic adhesive is preferably used. The acrylic adhesive preferably contains a (meth)acrylic polymer and a crosslinking agent. As the crosslinking agent, any compound that reacts with (meth)acrylic polymer can be used without particular limitation. Preferably, isocyanate compounds, epoxy compounds, melamine resins, aziridine derivatives, and metal chelate are used. Things. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The aforementioned (meth)acrylic polymer refers to a polymer or copolymer synthesized from an acrylic monomer and/or a methacrylic monomer (referred to as "(meth)acrylate" in this specification). When the (meth)acrylic polymer is a copolymer, the arrangement state of its molecules is not particularly limited, and it may be a random copolymer, a block copolymer, or a graft copolymer. The preferred state of molecular arrangement is random copolymer. In addition, the polymerization method is not particularly limited, and the polymerization can be performed by known methods such as solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, and suspension polymerization. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The above-mentioned (meth)acrylic polymer can be obtained, for example, by homopolymerizing or copolymerizing an alkyl (meth)acrylate. The alkyl group of the alkyl (meth)acrylate may be linear, branched or cyclic. The carbon number of the alkyl group of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably about 1-18, more preferably 1-10. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Specific examples of the above-mentioned alkyl (meth)acrylate include: methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, Isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, n-pentyl (meth)acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, n-hexyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Isohexyl ester, n-heptyl (meth)acrylate, isoheptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate , N-nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The (meth)acrylic polymer is preferably a copolymer of the above alkyl (meth)acrylate and a (meth)acrylate containing a hydroxyl group. In this case, the carbon number of the alkyl group of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably 1-8, more preferably 2-8, still more preferably 2-6, particularly preferably 4-6. The alkyl group of the alkyl (meth)acrylate may be linear or branched. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Specific examples of the above-mentioned hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylates include: 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate , 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 5-hydroxypentyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid 3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl ester, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 7-hydroxyheptyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10 (meth)acrylate -Hydroxydecyl ester, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate, etc. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The carbon number of the hydroxyalkyl group of the above-mentioned hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylate is preferably less than the carbon number of the alkyl group of the above-mentioned alkyl (meth)acrylate. The carbon number of the hydroxyalkyl group of the hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylate is preferably 1-8, more preferably 2-4, and still more preferably 2. By adjusting the carbon number of the alkyl group in this way, the reactivity with the following isocyanate-based compounds can be improved, and an adhesive agent with more excellent bonding characteristics can be obtained. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The copolymerization amount of the above-mentioned hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylate is preferably 0. 05～20mol%, more preferably 0. 10～8 mol%, more preferably 0. 12～3mol%, more preferably 0. 14～1. 5 mol%, the best is 0. 14～0. 25 mol%. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The (meth)acrylic polymer can be obtained by copolymerizing other components in addition to the alkyl (meth)acrylate and the (meth)acrylate containing a hydroxyl group. There are no particular restrictions on other components, and (meth)acrylic acid, benzyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, ( Phenoxyethyl meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylamide, vinyl acetate, (meth)acrylonitrile, and the like. The copolymerization amount of other components is preferably 100 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 50 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the alkyl (meth)acrylate. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic polymer is preferably 400,000 or more, and more preferably 1 million, as measured by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method using tetrahydrofuran (THF) solvent ~3 million, particularly preferably 1.2 million to 2.5 million. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of the isocyanate-based compound include 2,4-(or 2,6-)toluene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane, and hexamethylene Diisocyanate, norbornene diisocyanate, chlorobenzene diisocyanate, tetramethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, diphenylmethane diisocyanate, trimethylolpropane xylene diisocyanate, hydrogenated diphenyl Isocyanate monomers such as methane diisocyanate; addition-type isocyanate compounds obtained by adding these isocyanate monomers to polyols such as trimethylolpropane; isocyanurate compounds; biuret-type compounds; Urethane prepolymer type isocyanate formed by addition reaction of appropriate polyether polyol or polyester polyol, acrylic polyol, polybutadiene polyol, polyisoprene polyol, etc. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As the above-mentioned isocyanate-based compound, a commercially available product can be used as it is. Commercially available isocyanate compounds include, for example, Takenate series manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd. (trade names "D-110N, 500, 600, 700", etc.), and Corona series manufactured by Japan Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd. ( Product name "L, MR, EH, HL", etc.). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As the above-mentioned epoxy compound, for example, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl metaxylylenediamine (trade name TETRAD-X, manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.), or 1,3-bis( N,N-glycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane (trade name TETRAD-C, manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As said melamine resin, hexamethylol melamine etc. are mentioned. As the aziridine derivative, for example, commercially available products such as HDU, TAZM, TAZO (manufactured by Mutual Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of the metal chelate compound include aluminum, iron, tin, titanium, nickel, etc. as the metal component, and acetylene, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl lactate, etc., as the chelate component. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The content of the crosslinking agent used in the present invention, for example, relative to 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic polymer, preferably contains 0. 1-10 parts by mass, more preferably 0. 2 to 4 parts by mass, more preferably 0. 3～1. 5 parts by mass, preferably containing 0. 4～0. 9 parts by mass. By setting this content, even in harsh (high temperature, high humidity) environments, good adhesion can be obtained. In addition, these crosslinking agents may be used alone, or two or more of them may be mixed and used. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The acrylic adhesive (adhesive composition) preferably further contains a silane coupling agent or a radiation curable component. As the silane coupling agent, for example, one having any appropriate functional group can be selected. Examples of the functional group include vinyl groups, epoxy groups, methacryloxy groups, amino groups, mercapto groups, acryloxy groups, acetylacetoxy groups, isocyanate groups, styryl groups, and polysulfide groups. Specific examples of the above-mentioned silane coupling agent include: vinyl trimethoxy silane, γ-glycidoxy propyl trimethoxy silane, γ-glycidoxy propyl triethoxy silane, p-benzene Vinyl trimethoxysilane, γ-methacryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane, γ-acryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane, N-β (aminoethyl) γ-aminopropyl Trimethoxysilane, γ-aminopropylmethoxysilane, γ-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis(triethoxysilylpropyl) tetrasulfide, γ-isocyanate propyl Trimethoxysilane, etc. Among them, a silane coupling agent having an epoxy group is preferred, and γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane is more preferred. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As the above-mentioned silane coupling agent, a commercially available product can be used as it is. Examples of commercially available products include: KA series (trade name "KA-1003" etc.) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd., KBM series (trade name "KBM-303, KBM-403, KBM-503" etc.) And KBE series (trade names "KBE-402, KBE-502, KBE-903", etc.), SH series manufactured by Toray Co., Ltd. (trade names "SH6020, SH6040, SH6062", etc.) and SZ series (trade names " SZ6030, SZ6032, SZ6300" etc.). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The content of the silane coupling agent relative to 100 parts by mass of the (meth)acrylic polymer, preferably 0. 001～2. 0 parts by mass, more preferably 0. 005～2. 0 parts by mass, more preferably 0. 01～1. 0 parts by mass, particularly preferably 0. 02～0. 5 parts by mass. By setting this content, even under severe (high temperature, high humidity) environment, peeling or the generation of bubbles can be suppressed. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As the radiation curable component, a monomer and/or oligomer component that undergoes radical polymerization or cationic polymerization by radiation can be used. Examples of monomer components for radical polymerization by radiation include monomers having unsaturated double bonds such as (meth)acrylic groups and vinyl groups. Especially in terms of the advantage of excellent reactivity, it is preferable to use (Meth) acrylic monomer. Specific examples of monomer components having (meth)acrylic acid groups include: allyl (meth)acrylate, caprolactone (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Base) N,N-diethylaminoethyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, heptafluorodecyl (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, caprolactone Modified 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, morpholinyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylic acid Esters, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether di(meth)acrylate, hydroxypivalate neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylol Propane ethoxy tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate Ester, caprolactone modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, etc. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As an oligomer component for radical polymerization by radiation, it can be used to add two or more (meth)acrylic acid groups, vinyl groups and other unsaturated double The key is polyester (meth)acrylate, epoxy (meth)acrylate, urethane (meth)acrylate, etc., which are the same functional groups as the monomer components. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Polyester (meth)acrylate is obtained by reacting (meth)acrylic acid with a polyester having a terminal hydroxyl group obtained from a polyhydric alcohol and a polycarboxylic acid. As a specific example, ARONIX M manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. -6000, 7000, 8000, 9000 series of polyester acrylates. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Epoxy (meth)acrylate is obtained by reacting (meth)acrylic acid with epoxy resin. As a specific example, Ripoxy SP, VR series manufactured by Showa Polymer Co., Ltd., or Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. Epoxyester series epoxy acrylate manufactured by Co., Ltd. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Urethane (meth)acrylates are obtained by reacting polyols, isocyanates, and hydroxy (meth)acrylates. Specific examples include Art Resin UN series manufactured by Genshang Industrial Co., Ltd., and new The NK Oligo U series manufactured by Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and the purple UV series urethane acrylate manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As monomers and/or oligomer components for cationic polymerization, compounds having cationic polymerizable functional groups such as epoxy groups, hydroxyl groups, vinyl ether groups, episulfide groups, and ethyleneimine groups are used, especially for For the advantage of excellent reactivity, a compound having an epoxy group is used. Examples of the compound having an epoxy group include a glycidyl ether type epoxy resin produced by the reaction of a polyhydric phenol compound or a polyhydric alcohol and epichlorohydrin. Specifically, the diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A or its alkylene oxide adduct, the diglycidyl ether of bisphenol F or its alkylene oxide adduct, hydrogenated bisphenol A or its epoxy Alkyl adduct diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, butylene glycol diglycidyl ether, hexanediol diglycidyl ether Glycidyl ether, cyclohexane dimethanol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane polyglycidyl ether, pentaerythritol polyglycidyl ether, sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, Resorcinol diglycidyl ether, etc. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). These (meth)acrylic polymers are properly combined with radiation curable ingredients. If the compatibility (mixability) is poor, it is difficult to achieve a balance between the adhesiveness after radiation curing and the storage elastic modulus, and the light transmittance after curing For reasons such as deterioration of properties, it is necessary to appropriately select a combination with better compatibility. In particular, in applications requiring light transmittance, adjust so that the total light transmittance after curing is 85% or more (preferably 90% or more), and the haze value is 10% or less (preferably 5% or less) ). In addition, the blending amount of the radiation curable component is appropriately adjusted according to the storage elastic modulus and adhesiveness after radiation curing. Generally speaking, it is 10 to 200 parts by mass, preferably 30 to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive polymer. Used in a ratio of 150 parts by mass. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The usage amount of the multifunctional monomer is appropriately selected according to the balance with the (meth)acrylic polymer and the application of the adhesive sheet. In order to obtain sufficient heat resistance by the cohesive force of the acrylic adhesive, it is generally preferred to be 0 to 100 parts by mass of the (meth)acrylic polymer. 1-30 parts by mass are blended. In addition, from the viewpoint of flexibility and adhesiveness, it is more preferable to prepare the mixture at 10 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the (meth)acrylic polymer. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of radiation include ultraviolet rays, laser rays, α rays, β rays, γ rays, x rays, electron beams, and the like. In terms of good controllability and operability, and cost, ultraviolet rays are preferably used. It is better to use ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 200 ~ 400 nm. Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated with appropriate light sources such as high-pressure mercury lamps, microwave excitation lamps, chemical lamps, etc. Furthermore, when using ultraviolet rays as radiation, a photopolymerization initiator is added to the acrylic adhesive. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As the photopolymerization initiator, it is sufficient if it is a substance that generates radicals or cations by irradiating ultraviolet rays of an appropriate wavelength as the initiator of the polymerization reaction according to the type of radiation-reactive component. The starting agent includes, for example, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, o-benzoin methyl benzoate, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, α-methyl benzoin Acetophenones such as benzoin, benzil dimethyl ketal, trichloroacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2 Propiophenones such as -hydroxy-2-methylpropiophenone, 2-hydroxy-4'-isopropyl-2-methylpropiophenone, benzophenone, methylbenzophenone, p-chlorobenzophenone , P-dimethylaminobenzophenone and other benzophenones, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-ethylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone and other thioxanthones, double (2 ,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)-phenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyldiphenylphosphine oxide, (2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl) ((Ethoxy)-(ethoxy)-phenylphosphine oxide) and other phosphine oxides, benzil, dibenzocycloheptenone, α-oxime ester, etc. Examples of photocationic polymerization initiators include onium salts such as aromatic diazonium salts, aromatic iodonium salts, and aromatic sulfonium salts, or iron-arene complexes, titanocene complexes, and aryl silicon Organometallic complexes such as aluminum alkoxide complexes, nitrobenzyl esters, sulfonic acid derivatives, phosphate esters, sulfonic acid derivatives, phosphate esters, phenol sulfonate esters, diazonaphthoquinone, N-hydroxy cyanide Sulfamic acid esters and so on. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). About the said photoinitiator, you may use together 2 or more types. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably relative to 100 parts by mass of the (meth)acrylic polymer, usually at 0. 1-10 parts by mass, preferably 0. It is blended within the range of 2-7 parts by mass. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, photopolymerization start aids such as amines may also be used in combination. Examples of the aforementioned photopolymerization initiating aid include: 2-dimethylamino ethyl benzoate, dimethylamino acetophenone, ethyl p-dimethylamino benzoate, and p-dimethylamino ethyl ester. Isoamyl benzoate and so on. Regarding the above-mentioned photopolymerization start auxiliary agent, two or more types may be used in combination. The polymerization initiation assistant is preferably 0. 05～10 parts by mass, and further at 0. It is blended within the range of 1-7 parts by mass. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Laminating method of the first resin layer and the second resin layer> As a method of laminating the first resin layer and the second resin layer, any appropriate method can be adopted. As a preferred embodiment, a method of forming an adhesive layer on one resin layer and laminating another resin layer on the adhesive layer can be adopted. In addition, as a method of forming the adhesive layer, any appropriate method can be adopted. As a specific example, the adhesive can be formed by coating the above-mentioned adhesive (adhesive composition solution) on the resin layer and heating. At the time of coating, the polymer concentration of the acrylic adhesive is preferably adjusted appropriately with a solvent (for example, ethyl acetate, toluene). The heating temperature is preferably 20°C to 200°C, more preferably 50°C to 170°C. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The thickness of the resin film (consisting of a first resin layer, an adhesive layer, and a second resin layer in this order) is preferably 11 μm to 230 μm, more preferably 50 μm to 110 μm. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Adhesive layer> The adhesive sheet of the present invention has the above-mentioned adhesive layer, and the above-mentioned adhesive layer is formed of an adhesive composition. As the above-mentioned adhesive composition, there is no particular limitation as long as it has adhesiveness. use. For example, acrylic adhesives, urethane adhesives, polyester adhesives, synthetic rubber adhesives, natural rubber adhesives, silicone adhesives, etc. can be used. Among them, acrylic is more preferred. As the adhesive and/or urethane adhesive, it is particularly preferable to use an acrylic adhesive using a (meth)acrylic polymer. When an acrylic adhesive is used for the adhesive layer, the (meth)acrylic polymer constituting the acrylic adhesive can be a (meth)acrylic monomer having an alkyl group with 1 to 14 carbon atoms As the raw material monomer constituting the polymer. As the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic monomer, one kind or two or more kinds can be used as a main component. By using the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic monomer having an alkyl group with carbon number of 1-14, the adhesion to the adherend (protected object) can be easily controlled to be low, and light peeling or re-exposure can be obtained. Adhesive sheet with excellent peelability. Furthermore, the (meth)acrylic polymer in the present invention refers to acrylic polymer and/or methacrylic polymer, and (meth)acrylate refers to acrylate and/or methacrylate . Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Specific examples of the (meth)acrylic monomer having an alkyl group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms include, for example, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid. N-butyl ester, second butyl (meth)acrylate, third butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethyl (meth)acrylate Hexyl ester, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, n-decyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Base) isodecyl acrylate, n-dodecyl (meth)acrylate, n-tridecyl (meth)acrylate, n-tetradecyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Among them, when the adhesive sheet of the present invention is used as a surface protective film, hexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, ( Isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, n-decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate Dodecyl ester, n-tridecyl (meth)acrylate, n-tetradecyl (meth)acrylate and other (meth)acrylic monomers having an alkyl group with 6 to 14 carbon atoms are used as comparison The best. In particular, by using a (meth)acrylic monomer having an alkyl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, the adhesive force to the adherend can be easily controlled to be low, and it becomes one with excellent removability. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In particular, it is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and still more preferably 70% by mass or more, relative to 100% by mass of the total amount of monomer components constituting the (meth)acrylic polymer. Most preferably, 80 to 93% by mass of (meth)acrylic monomers having an alkyl group with 1 to 14 carbon atoms. If it is less than 50% by mass, the appropriate wettability of the adhesive composition or the cohesive force of the adhesive layer deteriorates, which is not good. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, in the adhesive composition of the present invention, the (meth)acrylic polymer preferably contains a (meth)acrylic monomer having a hydroxyl group as a raw material monomer. As the (meth)acrylic monomer having a hydroxyl group, one kind or two or more kinds can be used as main components. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). By using the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic monomer having a hydroxyl group, it is easy to control the crosslinking of the adhesive composition, and it is easy to control the balance between the improvement of the wettability caused by the flow and the decrease of the adhesive force during peeling. In addition, unlike the carboxyl group or sulfonate group that generally functions as a crosslinking site, the hydroxyl group is used, for example, as an essential component of an alkylene oxide compound and an ionic compound as an antistatic component (antistatic agent). Since it has a moderate interaction, it can also be used preferably in terms of anti-static properties or pick-up properties. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of (meth)acrylic monomers having a hydroxyl group include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate. , 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid (4-Hydroxymethylcyclohexyl) methyl ester, N-hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, etc. In particular, by using a (meth)acrylic monomer having a hydroxyl group with an alkyl group of 4 or more carbon atoms, light peeling at the time of high-speed peeling becomes easy, which is preferable. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). With respect to 100 parts by mass of the (meth)acrylic monomer having an alkyl group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, it is preferable to contain 15 parts by mass or less of the (meth)acrylic monomer having a hydroxyl group, more preferably It is 1-13 parts by mass, more preferably 2-11 parts by mass, most preferably 3. 5-10 parts by mass. If it is within the above range, it is easy to control the balance between the wettability of the adhesive composition and the cohesive force of the obtained adhesive layer, which is preferable. In addition, in particular, by blending 5 parts by mass or more, it is easy to obtain an adhesive composition with better creep characteristics. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, as other polymerizable monomer components, it can be used to adjust the glass transition temperature or the The releasable polymerizable monomer has a Tg of 0°C or lower (usually -100°C or higher). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As used in the above (meth)acrylic polymer, other than the above (meth)acrylic monomer having an alkyl group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms and the above (meth)acrylic monomer having a hydroxyl group As the polymerizable monomer, a (meth)acrylic monomer having a carboxyl group can be used. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of the (meth)acrylic monomer having a carboxyl group include (meth)acrylic acid, carboxyethyl (meth)acrylate, carboxypentyl (meth)acrylate, and hexahydrophthalic acid 2- (Meth)acryloxyethyl, hexahydrophthalic acid 2-(meth)acryloxypropyl, phthalic acid 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl, succinic acid 2 -(Meth)acryloxyethyl, 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl maleate, carboxypolycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate, tetrahydrophthalic acid 2-( Meth) propylene oxyethyl ester and the like. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The above-mentioned (meth)acrylic monomer having a carboxyl group is preferably 5 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic monomer having an alkyl group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 part by mass or less, more preferably less than 0. 2 parts by mass, preferably 0. 01 parts by mass or more and less than 0. 1 part by mass. In particular, by using a (meth)acrylic monomer having a carboxyl group in combination with a (meth)acrylic monomer having a hydroxyl group, it is sometimes better in terms of obtaining an adhesive composition with excellent creep characteristics. Best use. In addition, if it exceeds 5 parts by mass, a large amount of acid functional groups of the carboxyl group with greater interaction are present. When an ionic compound is used as an antistatic component, the acid functional group such as the carboxyl group interacts with the above-mentioned ionic compound. This may hinder ion conduction, reduce conductivity, and may not be able to obtain sufficient antistatic properties, so it is not good. In addition, especially in the case of achieving both creep characteristics and light peelability, by containing 5 parts by mass or more of the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic monomer having a hydroxyl group and containing 0. 01 parts by mass or more and less than 0. 1 part by mass of the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic monomer having a carboxyl group can achieve both characteristics, so it is preferred. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, as the (meth)acrylic polymer used in the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic monomers having an alkyl group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, (meth)acrylic monomers having a hydroxyl group, and Polymerizable monomers other than the (meth)acrylic monomer of the carboxyl group can be used without particular limitation as long as they are within a range that does not impair the characteristics of the present invention. For example, cyano group-containing monomers, vinyl ester monomers, aromatic vinyl monomers, and other components that improve cohesion and heat resistance, or amide group-containing monomers, amide group-containing monomers, and amine-containing monomers can be used appropriately. Group monomers, epoxy group-containing monomers, N-acrylomorpholine, vinyl ether monomers and other components that improve adhesion or have functional groups that act as crosslinking base points. These polymerizable monomers may be used alone, or two or more of them may be mixed and used. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of the cyano group-containing monomer include acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of vinyl ester monomers include vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, and vinyl laurate. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of aromatic vinyl monomers include styrene, chlorostyrene, chloromethylstyrene, α-methylstyrene, and other substituted styrenes. As the amine group-containing monomer, for example, acrylamide, methacrylamide, diethylacrylamide, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacrylamide, N,N- Dimethylmethacrylamide, N,N-diethylacrylamide, N,N-diethylmethacrylamide, N,N'-methylenebisacrylamide, N,N- Dimethylaminopropyl acrylamide, N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylamide, diacetone acrylamide, etc. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As the imine group-containing monomer, for example, cyclohexylmaleimide, isopropylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, itaconimine, etc. may be mentioned. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of amine group-containing monomers include aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, and N,N-dimethyl (meth)acrylate Amino propyl ester and so on. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of epoxy group-containing monomers include glycidyl (meth)acrylate, methylglycidyl (meth)acrylate, and allyl glycidyl ether. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As a vinyl ether monomer, methyl vinyl ether, ethyl vinyl ether, isobutyl vinyl ether, etc. are mentioned, for example. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In the present invention, except for (meth)acrylic monomers having an alkyl group having 1 to 14 carbons, (meth)acrylic monomers having a hydroxyl group, and (meth)acrylic monomers having a carboxyl group The other polymerizable monomer is preferably 0-40 parts by mass, more preferably 0-30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the (meth)acrylic monomer having an alkyl group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms. By using the above-mentioned other polymerizable monomers within the above-mentioned range, when an ionic compound is used as an antistatic agent, good interaction with the above-mentioned ionic compound and good repeelability can be appropriately adjusted. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (meth)acrylic polymer is preferably 100,000 to 5 million, more preferably 200,000 to 2 million, and still more preferably 300,000 to 1 million. When the weight average molecular weight is less than 100,000, the cohesive force of the adhesive layer is reduced, so there is a tendency for the paste to remain. On the other hand, when the weight average molecular weight exceeds 5 million, the fluidity of the polymer decreases, and the wetting of the adherend (such as the polarizing plate) becomes insufficient, which causes the adherence of the adherend and the adhesive sheet. The tendency to bulge between the layers. Furthermore, the weight average molecular weight refers to the one obtained by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the (meth)acrylic polymer is preferably 0°C or lower, more preferably -10°C or lower (usually -100°C or higher). When the glass transition temperature is higher than 0°C, the polymer is difficult to flow, for example, the wetting of the polarizer becomes insufficient, and there is a tendency to cause bulging between the polarizer and the adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet. In particular, by setting the glass transition temperature to -61°C or less, it is easy to obtain an adhesive layer with excellent wettability and light peelability to the polarizing plate. Furthermore, the glass transition temperature of the (meth)acrylic polymer can be adjusted within the above-mentioned range by appropriately changing the monomer components used or the composition ratio. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The polymerization method of the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and the polymerization can be carried out by known methods such as solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, etc., especially from the viewpoint of workability, or to In terms of low pollution and other characteristics of the subsequent body (protected material), solution polymerization is a better aspect. In addition, the obtained polymer may be any of random copolymers, block copolymers, alternating copolymers, graft copolymers and the like. In addition, polymerization conditions, polymerization solvents, polymerization initiators, and the like can also be appropriately used based on known techniques. When a urethane-based adhesive is used in the above-mentioned adhesive layer, any appropriate urethane-based adhesive can be used as the urethane-based adhesive. As such a urethane-based adhesive, those containing a urethane resin obtained by reacting a polyol and a polyisocyanate are preferably mentioned. Examples of polyols include polyether polyols, polyester polyols, polycarbonate polyols, and polycaprolactone polyols. As a polyisocyanate type compound, diphenylmethane diisocyanate, toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, etc. are mentioned, for example. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The aforementioned adhesive composition is characterized by containing an alkylene oxide (AO) group-containing compound. By containing the above-mentioned compound in the adhesive, an adhesive with better wettability to the adherend can be obtained, and the pick-up property can be further improved. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As specific examples of the above-mentioned alkylene oxide (AO) group-containing compound, for example, polyoxyalkylene alkylamine, polyoxyalkylene diamine, polyoxyalkylene fatty acid ester, polyoxyalkylene Sorbitan fatty acid ester, polyoxyalkylene alkyl phenyl ether, polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether, polyoxyalkylene allyl ether, polyoxyalkylene alkyl allyl ether, Polyoxyalkylene alkylphenyl allyl ether, polyalkylene glycol dialkyl ester, polyalkylene glycol diaryl ester and other nonionic surfactants; polyoxyalkylene alkyl Ether sulfate, polyoxyalkylene allyl ether sulfate, polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether phosphate, polyoxyalkylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfate, polyoxyalkylene Anionic surfactants such as allyl allyl phenyl ether sulfate, polyoxyalkylene alkyl phenyl ether phosphate salt, etc.; and cationic interface with polyoxyalkylene chain (polyalkylene oxide chain) Active agent or zwitterionic surfactant, polyether compound with polyoxyalkylene chain (including its derivatives), ester compound with polyoxyalkylene chain (including its derivatives), with polyoxyalkylene chain Base chain acrylic compounds (including their derivatives), etc. In addition, a polyalkylene oxide chain-containing monomer can be formulated as a polyalkylene oxide chain-containing compound in the acrylic polymer. The above-mentioned polyalkylene oxide chain-containing compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Specific examples of the polyether compound having a polyoxyalkylene chain include: polypropylene glycol (PPG)-polyethylene glycol (PEG) block copolymer, PPG-PEG-PPG block copolymer, PEG- PPG-PEG block copolymer, etc. Examples of derivatives of the above-mentioned polyether compound having a polyoxyalkylene chain include: terminally etherified oxygen-containing propylene compounds (PPG monoalkyl ether, PEG-PPG monoalkyl ether, etc.), terminal acetone Oxypropylene compounds (terminally acetylated PPG, etc.) and so on. In addition, as a specific example of the ester compound having a polyoxyalkylene chain, an ester compound having an oxyalkylene chain can be cited. As the above-mentioned oxyalkylene group, the number of added moles of the oxyalkylene group unit is preferably 1-50, more preferably 2-30, and still more preferably 2-20 from the viewpoint of coordination of an ionic compound . As specific examples, diethylene glycol dibenzoate, triethylene glycol dibenzoate, tetraethylene glycol dibenzoate, polyethylene glycol dibenzoate, and polypropylene glycol dibenzoate can be cited. Formate, polyethylene glycol-2-ethylhexanoate benzoate, etc. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, specific examples of the acrylic compound having a polyoxyalkylene chain include (meth)acrylate polymers having an oxyalkylene chain. As the above-mentioned oxyalkylene group, the number of added moles of the oxyalkylene group unit is preferably 1-50, more preferably 2-30, and still more preferably 2 to from the viewpoint of coordination of an ionic compound. 20. In addition, the terminal of the above-mentioned oxyalkylene chain may be a hydroxyl group as it is, or may be substituted by an alkyl group, a phenyl group, or the like. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The above-mentioned (meth)acrylate polymer having an oxyalkylene group is preferably a polymer containing an alkylene oxide (meth)acrylate as a monomer unit (component), as the above-mentioned alkylene (meth)acrylate Specific examples include: (meth)acrylates containing glycol groups, such as methoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxy-triethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, etc. Methoxy polyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate type, ethoxy-diethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethoxy-triethylene glycol (meth)acrylate and other ethoxy-poly Ethylene glycol (meth)acrylate type, butoxy-diethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, butoxy-triethylene glycol (meth)acrylate and other butoxy-polyethylene glycol ( Phenoxy-polyethylene glycol (meth)acrylic acid such as meth)acrylate type, phenoxy-diethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, phenoxy-triethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, etc. Ester type, 2-ethylhexyl-polyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, nonylphenol-polyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate type, methoxy-dipropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, etc. Oxy-polypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate type, etc. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, as the above-mentioned monomer unit (component), other monomer units (component) other than the above-mentioned alkylene oxide (meth)acrylate can be used. Specific examples of other monomer components include: methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) ) Tertiary butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Isooctyl ester, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, n-decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, n-dodecyl (meth)acrylate Acrylate and/or methacrylate having an alkyl group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, such as ester, n-tridecyl (meth)acrylate, and n-tetradecyl (meth)acrylate. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, as monomer units (components) other than the above-mentioned alkylene oxide (meth)acrylate, carboxyl group-containing (meth)acrylate, phosphoric acid group-containing (meth)acrylate, and cyano group-containing ( Meth) acrylates, vinyl esters, aromatic vinyl compounds, acid anhydride group-containing (meth)acrylates, hydroxyl group-containing (meth)acrylates, amino group-containing (meth)acrylates, amine-containing groups (Meth)acrylate, epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate, N-acrylomorpholine, vinyl ether series, etc. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As a more preferable aspect, the above-mentioned alkylene oxide-containing compound is a compound having a (poly)ethyleneoxy chain in at least a part. By blending the above-mentioned (poly)ethyleneoxy chain-containing compound, the compatibility between the base polymer and the antistatic component can be improved, the exudation to the adherend can be appropriately suppressed, and a low-polluting adhesive composition can be obtained. Among them, especially when PPG-PEG-PPG block copolymers are used, an adhesive with excellent low pollution properties can be obtained. As the above-mentioned polyethyleneoxy chain-containing compound, it is preferable that the weight of the (poly)ethyleneoxy chain in the total alkylene oxide-containing compound accounts for 5 to 90% by mass, more preferably 10 to 85% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, most preferably 45 to 75% by mass. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). As the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the alkylene oxide-containing compound, it is more appropriate to be 50,000 or less, preferably 200 to 30,000, and even more preferably 200 to 10,000, and it is generally preferable to use those having a number average molecular weight of 200 to 5,000. If the Mn is more than 50,000, the compatibility with the acrylic polymer decreases, and the adhesive layer tends to whiten. If Mn is too lower than 200, contamination by the above-mentioned polyoxyalkylene compound may sometimes easily occur. Furthermore, here, Mn refers to a value obtained by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) in terms of polystyrene. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). In addition, as specific examples of commercially available products of the above-mentioned alkylene oxide compound, for example, ADEKA Pluronic 17R-2, ADEKA Pluronic 17R-3, ADEKA Pluronic 17R-4, ADEKA Pluronic 25R-1, ADEKA Pluronic 25R- 2 (Above, all manufactured by ADEKA), EMULGEN 120 (manufactured by Kao), Aqualon HS-10 (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.), Aqualon KH-10 (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.), NOIGEN ES-99D ( Daiichi Kogyo Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.), DKS-NL-30 (made by Daiichi Kogyo Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.), SANFLEX EB-400 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), etc. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). As the compounding amount of the above-mentioned epoxy group-containing compound, relative to 100 parts by mass of the acrylic polymer, for example, it may be 0. 005-20 parts by mass, preferably 0. 01-15 parts by mass, more preferably 0. 05～10 parts by mass, preferably 0. 1 to 4 parts by mass. If the blending amount is too small, the effect of preventing the leakage of the antistatic component will be low. If it is too much, the pollution caused by the above-mentioned polyoxyalkylene compound may sometimes easily occur, and it will be bonded to the adhered body after the adhesive sheet is peeled off. Other components cause poor adhesion. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, particularly in applications requiring adhesiveness when bonding other members to the adherend after the adhesive sheet is peeled off, as the alkylene oxide-containing compound, the following can be preferably used. Examples include: polyoxyalkylene alkylamine, polyoxyalkylene diamine, polyoxyalkylene fatty acid ester, polyoxyalkylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, polyoxyalkylene alkyl Phenyl ether, polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether, polyoxyalkylene allyl ether, polyoxyalkylene alkyl allyl ether, polyoxyalkylene alkylphenyl allyl ether, polyoxyalkylene alkyl allyl ether Alkylene glycol dialkyl ester, polyalkylene glycol diaryl ester, polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfate, polyoxyalkylene allyl ether sulfate, polyoxyalkylene Alkyl alkyl ether phosphate, polyoxyalkylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfate, polyoxyalkylene alkyl allyl phenyl ether sulfate, polyoxyalkylene alkyl phenyl ether phosphoric acid Ester salts, polypropylene glycol (PPG)-polyethylene glycol (PEG) block copolymers, PPG-PEG-PPG block copolymers, PEG-PPG-PEG block copolymers and other ethers with polyoxyalkylene chains Compounds, terminally etherified oxygen-containing propylene compounds (PPG monoalkyl ether, PEG-PPG monoalkyl ether, etc.), terminally acetylated oxygen-containing propylene compounds (terminally acetylated PPG, etc.), etc. Derivatives of ether compounds of polyoxyalkylene chain, diethylene glycol dibenzoate, triethylene glycol dibenzoate, tetraethylene glycol dibenzoate, polyethylene glycol dibenzoate Acid ester, polypropylene glycol dibenzoate, polyethylene glycol 2-ethylhexanoate benzoate and other ester compounds with polyoxyalkylene chains (including their derivatives), with polyoxyalkylene Chain acrylic compounds (including their derivatives), etc. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Antistatic component in the adhesive layer> In the adhesive sheet of the present invention, the adhesive composition constituting the adhesive layer preferably contains an antistatic component, and more preferably contains an ionic compound as the antistatic component. Examples of the ionic compound include alkali metal salts and/or ionic liquids having a melting point of 100°C or less. By containing the plasma liquid, excellent antistatic properties can be imparted. In addition, the adhesive layer (using the anti-static component) formed by cross-linking the adhesive composition containing the anti-static component as described above can be used for peeling off the adherend (such as polarizing plate) that has not been anti-static treatment. Anti-static, becomes an adhesive sheet that reduces pollution to the adherend. Therefore, it is very useful as an antistatic adhesive sheet in the technical fields related to optical and electronic parts where static electricity and pollution are particularly serious problems. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, relative to 100 parts by mass of the (meth)acrylic polymer, the content of the antistatic component is preferably 4. 9 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0. 001～0. 9 parts by mass, more preferably 0. 005～0. 8 parts by mass, preferably 0. 01～0. 6 parts by mass. If it is in the above range, it is easy to have both antistatic properties and low pollution properties, so it is preferable. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Crosslinking agent> In the adhesive sheet of the present invention, it is preferable that the above-mentioned adhesive composition contains a crosslinking agent. In addition, in the present invention, the adhesive composition can be used to obtain an adhesive layer. For example, when the above-mentioned adhesive contains the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic polymer, it is carried out by appropriately adjusting the constituent units of the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic polymer, the composition ratio, the selection and addition ratio of the crosslinking agent, etc. By cross-linking, an adhesive sheet (adhesive layer) with better heat resistance can be obtained. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As the crosslinking agent used in the present invention, isocyanate compounds, epoxy compounds, melamine-based resins, aziridine derivatives, metal chelate compounds, and the like can be used. In particular, the use of isocyanate compounds is a preferable aspect. In addition, these compounds may be used alone, or two or more of them may be mixed and used. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of the isocyanate compound (isocyanate-based crosslinking agent) include aliphatic polyisocyanates such as trimethylene diisocyanate, butylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), dimer acid diisocyanate, etc. Cyclopentyl diisocyanate, cyclohexylidene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI) and other alicyclic isocyanates, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, benzene diisocyanate Aromatic isocyanates such as methylene diisocyanate (XDI), through allophanate bond, biuret bond, isocyanurate bond, uretdione bond, urea bond, carbodiimide bond, urea A modified polyisocyanate obtained by modifying the above-mentioned isocyanate compound such as a ketimine bond, an oxadiazine trione bond, and the like. For example, as commercially available products, the trade names TAKENATE 300S, TAKENATE 500, TAKENATE D165N, TAKENATE D178N (the above are manufactured by Takeda Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.), Sumidur T80, Sumidur L, Desmodur N3400 (the above are manufactured by Sumika Bayer Aminos) ), Millionate MR, Millionate MT, Coronate L, Coronate HL, Coronate HX (manufactured by Nippon Urethane Industry Co., Ltd.), etc. These isocyanate compounds may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in combination, or a bifunctional isocyanate compound and a trifunctional or higher isocyanate compound may be used in combination. By using the cross-linking agent in combination, the adhesiveness and resilience resistance (adhesion to curved surfaces) can be taken into consideration, and an adhesive sheet with more excellent bonding reliability can be obtained. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, when a bifunctional isocyanate compound and a trifunctional or higher isocyanate compound are used in combination as the above-mentioned isocyanate compound (isocyanate-based crosslinking agent), the blending ratio (mass ratio) of the two compounds is preferably [2 functional Isocyanate compound]/[isocyanate compound with three or more functions] (mass ratio) is 0. 1/99. 9～50/50 for deployment, more preferably 0. 1/99. 9-20/80, more preferably 0. 1/99. 9～10/90, particularly preferably 0. 1/99. 5～5/95, the best is 0. 1/99. 9～1/99. By adjusting and blending within the above-mentioned range, an adhesive layer with excellent adhesiveness and repulsion resistance becomes a preferable aspect. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As the above-mentioned epoxy compound, for example, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl metaxylylenediamine (trade name TETRAD-X, manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.), or 1,3-bis( N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane (trade name TETRAD-C, manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As said melamine resin, hexamethylol melamine etc. are mentioned. Examples of aziridine derivatives include commercial products HDU, TAZM, TAZO (manufactured by Hutong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.), and the like. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of the metal chelate compound include aluminum, iron, tin, titanium, nickel, etc. as the metal component, and acetylene, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl lactate, etc., as the chelate component. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The content of the crosslinking agent used in the present invention, for example, relative to 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic polymer, preferably contains 0. 01～10 parts by mass, more preferably 0. 1-8 parts by mass, more preferably containing 0. 5-7 parts by mass, preferably containing 1. 0-5 parts by mass. The above content is less than 0. In the case of 01 parts by mass, the cross-linking formed by the cross-linking agent becomes insufficient, the cohesive force of the obtained adhesive layer is low, and sometimes sufficient heat resistance cannot be obtained. In addition, there is a tendency to cause paste residue. On the other hand, when the content exceeds 10 parts by mass, the cohesive force of the polymer is large, the fluidity decreases, and the wetting of the adherend (such as the polarizing plate) becomes insufficient, which may cause the adherence and adhesion. The tendency of bulging between the layers (adhesive composition layers). In addition, these crosslinking agents may be used alone, or two or more of them may be mixed for use. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The above-mentioned adhesive composition may further contain a cross-linking catalyst for making any one of the above-mentioned cross-linking reactions proceed more efficiently. As the above-mentioned crosslinking catalyst, for example, tin-based catalysts such as dibutyltin dilaurate and dioctyltin dilaurate, tris(acetone) iron, and tris(hexane-2,4-dione) can be used. Iron, tris(heptane-2,4-dione) iron, tris(heptane-3,5-dione) iron, tris(5-methylhexane-2,4-dione) iron, tris( Octane-2,4-dione)iron, tris(6-methylheptane-2,4-dione)iron, tris(2,6-dimethylheptane-3,5-dione)iron , Tris(nonane-2,4-dione) iron, tris(nonane-4,6-dione) iron, tris(2,2,6,6-tetramethylheptane-3,5-di Ketone) iron, tris(tridecane-6,8-dione) iron, tris(1-phenylbutane-1,3-dione) iron, tris(hexafluoroacetone) iron, tris(ethyl Ethylacetate) iron, tris(n-propyl acetylacetate) iron, tris(isopropyl acetate) iron, tris(acetate-n-butyl) iron, tris(acetate-second butyl) Ester) iron, tris(acetate-t-butyl ester) iron, tris(methyl propylacetate) iron, tris(ethyl propylacetate) iron, tris(propylacetate-n-propyl ester) iron, three (Isopropyl Acetate) Iron, Tris(Propyl Acetate-n-Butyl) Iron, Tris(Propyl Acetate-Second Butyl) Iron, Tris(Propyl Acetate-Tertiary Butyl) Iron, Tris( Benzyl acetylacetate) iron, tris(dimethyl malonate) iron, tris(diethyl malonate) iron, trimethoxy iron, triethoxy iron, triisopropoxy iron, chloride Iron-based catalysts such as iron. One type of these crosslinking catalysts may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The content (usage amount) of the crosslinking catalyst is not particularly limited, for example, relative to 100 parts by mass of the (meth)acrylic polymer, preferably 0. 0001～1 part by mass, more preferably 0. 001～0. 5 parts by mass. If it is within the above range, the cross-linking reaction will be faster when the adhesive layer is formed, and the pot life of the adhesive composition will be longer, which is a preferred aspect. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, the above-mentioned adhesive composition may further contain other well-known additives. For example, powders such as colorants and pigments, surfactants, plasticizers, tackifiers, low molecular weight polymers, surface Lubricants, leveling agents, antioxidants, corrosion inhibitors, light stabilizers, ultraviolet absorbers, polymerization inhibitors, silane coupling agents, inorganic or organic fillers, metal powders, particles, foils, etc. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The adhesive sheet of the present invention is obtained by forming the above-mentioned adhesive layer on the second resin layer. In this case, the cross-linking of the adhesive composition is generally carried out after the adhesive composition is coated, and the cross-linking may also be included. The adhesive layer of the adhesive composition after joining is transferred onto the resin layer and the like. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, the method of forming the adhesive layer on the second resin layer is not particularly limited. For example, the adhesive composition (solution) can be applied to the resin layer and dried to remove the polymerization solvent. An adhesive layer is formed on it. Then, for the adjustment of the component transfer of the adhesive layer or the adjustment of the cross-linking reaction, curing can be carried out. In addition, when the adhesive composition is applied to the resin layer to make an adhesive sheet, one or more solvents other than the polymerization solvent may be newly added to the adhesive composition to be uniformly applied to the resin layer. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, as a method of forming the adhesive layer when manufacturing the adhesive sheet of the present invention, a known method used in the production of an adhesive tape can be used. Specifically, for example, roll coating, gravure coating, reverse coating, roll brushing, spray coating, air knife coating, extrusion coating using a die coater, and the like can be cited. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Usually, the thickness of the adhesive layer is 3 μm-100 μm, preferably about 5 μm-50 μm. If the thickness of the adhesive layer is within the above range, it is easy to obtain a proper balance of re-peelability and adhesion (adhesion), which is preferable. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Separator> In the adhesive sheet of the present invention, a separator can be attached to the surface of the adhesive layer as needed for the purpose of protecting the adhesive surface. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As the material constituting the above-mentioned separator, there is paper or a plastic film, and in terms of excellent surface smoothness, a plastic film is preferably used. The film is not particularly limited as long as it can protect the above-mentioned adhesive layer. Examples include polyethylene film, polypropylene film, polybutene film, polybutadiene film, polymethylpentene film, and polymethylpentene film. Vinyl chloride film, vinyl chloride copolymer film, polyethylene terephthalate film, polybutylene terephthalate film, polyurethane film, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film, etc. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The thickness of the aforementioned spacer is usually 5 μm to 200 μm, preferably about 10 μm to 100 μm. If it is in the above range, the adhesive workability on the adhesive layer and the peeling workability of the self-adhesive layer are excellent, and therefore it is preferable. The above-mentioned separators can be demoulded and antifouling treated with polysiloxane-based mold release agents, fluorine-based mold release agents, long-chain alkyl-based mold release agents, fatty amide-based mold release agents, silica powder, etc. , Or conduct anti-static treatment such as coating type, kneading type, vapor deposition type, etc. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Top coat (antistatic layer)> In the adhesive sheet of the present invention, it is preferable to have a top coat on the surface of the first resin layer opposite to the surface on which the adhesive layer is provided. It is formed of a top coat composition containing polyaniline sulfonic acid as a conductive polymer component, a polyester resin as a binder component, and an isocyanate compound as a crosslinking agent. Since the above-mentioned adhesive sheet has a top coating, the antistatic property of the adhesive sheet is improved, which is a preferred aspect. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Conductive polymer> The top coat layer preferably contains polyaniline sulfonic acid as a conductive polymer component. By using the above-mentioned conductive polymer, the anti-static property based on the top coat and the anti-static property over time can be satisfied. In addition, the above-mentioned polyaniline sulfonic acid-based "water-soluble" can be immobilized in the top coat by using the following isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, and water resistance can be improved. By using an aqueous solution containing the above-mentioned water-soluble conductive polymer, a top coat with excellent surface resistivity over time can be obtained, which is a preferred aspect. On the other hand, when the conductive polymer used in forming the top coat is "water-dispersible", if the top coat is formed using a solution containing the above-mentioned water-dispersible conductive polymer, agglomerates are likely to be generated. It cannot be applied uniformly, and the surface resistivity tends to deteriorate significantly over time, so it is not good. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The amount of the conductive polymer used is preferably 10 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 25 to 150 parts by mass, and still more preferably 40 to 120 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive contained in the top coat . If the amount of the conductive polymer used is too small, the antistatic effect may be reduced. If the amount of the conductive polymer used is too large, the adhesion between the topcoat layer and the resin layer or the transparency may decrease. So it's not good. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The polyaniline sulfonic acid used as the aforementioned conductive polymer component preferably has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 5×10 in terms of polystyrene. 5 Below, more preferably 3×10 5 the following. In addition, the weight average molecular weight of the conductive polymers is generally preferably 1×10 3 Above, more preferably 5×10 3 above. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). As a method of forming the above-mentioned topcoat layer, a composition for topcoat layer (coating material for forming topcoat layer) can be applied to the first surface of the resin layer (substrate, support) and dried (or hardened). The method of ), as the conductive polymer component used in the preparation of the top coat composition, contains polyaniline sulfonic acid, a polyester resin as a binder, and an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent as a crosslinking agent. The above-mentioned components can preferably be dissolved in water (a conductive polymer aqueous solution, or simply referred to as an aqueous solution). The conductive polymer aqueous solution can be prepared, for example, by dissolving a conductive polymer having a hydrophilic functional group (which can be synthesized by a method such as copolymerizing a monomer having a hydrophilic functional group in the molecule) in water. Examples of the above-mentioned hydrophilic functional groups include sulfo groups, amino groups, amide groups, imino groups, hydroxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, hydrazine groups, carboxyl groups, quaternary ammonium groups, and sulfate groups (-O-SO 3 H), phosphate group (e.g. -O-PO(OH) 2 )Wait. The above-mentioned hydrophilic functional group may form a salt. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Moreover, as a commercial product of the said polyaniline sulfonic acid aqueous solution, the brand name "aqua-PASS" manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Corporation, etc. can be illustrated. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The top coat disclosed here contains polyaniline sulfonic acid (polyaniline type) as a conductive polymer component. However, for example, it may contain one or two or more other antistatic components (organic other than conductive polymer). Conductive materials, inorganic conductive materials, antistatic agents, etc.). Furthermore, as a preferred aspect, the top coating layer does not substantially contain antistatic components other than the conductive polymer, that is, it can be better implemented that the antistatic component contained in the top coating layer substantially only contains The state of conductive polymer. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of the above-mentioned organic conductive materials include quaternary ammonium salts, pyridinium salts, first amino groups, second amino groups, third amino groups, and other cationic antistatic agents having cationic functional groups; sulfonates or sulfuric acid Anionic antistatic agents with anionic functional groups such as ester salts, phosphonates, and phosphate salts; zwitterionic antistatic agents such as alkyl betaines and their derivatives, imidazolines and their derivatives, alanine and their derivatives, etc. Electrostatic agent; non-ionic antistatic agent such as amino alcohol and its derivatives, glycerin and its derivatives, polyethylene glycol and its derivatives; will have the above-mentioned cationic, anionic, and zwitterionic ionic conductive groups (E.g. quaternary ammonium salt group) monomer polymerization or copolymerization to obtain ion conductive polymers; conductive polymers such as polythiophene, polyaniline, polypyrrole, polyethyleneimine, and allylamine series polymers; Wait. These antistatic agents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of the above-mentioned inorganic conductive materials include tin oxide, antimony oxide, indium oxide, cadmium oxide, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, indium, tin, antimony, gold, silver, copper, aluminum, nickel, chromium, titanium, iron, Cobalt, copper iodide, ITO (indium oxide/tin oxide), ATO (antimony oxide/tin oxide), etc. Such an inorganic conductive substance may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of the above-mentioned antistatic agents include cationic antistatic agents, anionic antistatic agents, zwitterionic antistatic agents, nonionic antistatic agents, and ionic conductivity of the above-mentioned cationic, anionic, and zwitterionic types. Ion-conducting polymer obtained by polymerization or copolymerization of monomers of the sex group. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Binder> It is preferable that the top coat layer contains a polyester resin as a binder. The above-mentioned polyester resin is a resin material containing polyester as a main component (typically, a component that accounts for more than 50% by mass, preferably 75% by mass or more, for example, 90% by mass or more). The above-mentioned polyester is typically preferably selected from polycarboxylic acids having two or more carboxyl groups in one molecule (typically dicarboxylic acids) and their derivatives (anhydrides, esters, and carboxylic acids of the polycarboxylic acids). One or two or more compounds (polycarboxylic acid components) in one molecule (halogen, etc.) and one or two or more selected from polyols (typically diols) having two or more hydroxyl groups in one molecule The structure formed by the condensation of the compound (polyol component). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Examples of compounds that can be used as the above-mentioned polycarboxylic acid components include: oxalic acid, malonic acid, difluoromalonic acid, alkylmalonic acid, succinic acid, tetrafluorosuccinic acid, alkylsuccinic acid, (± )-Malic acid, mesotartaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, methyl maleic acid, fumaric acid, methyl fumaric acid, acetylene dicarboxylic acid, glutaric acid, hexafluoroglutaric acid, methyl Glutaric acid, glutenedioic acid, adipic acid, dithioadipic acid, methyl adipic acid, dimethyl adipic acid, tetramethyl adipic acid, methylene adipic acid, hexadiene Diacid, galactaric acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, perfluorosuccinic acid, 3,3,6,6-tetramethyl suberic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, perfluorosebacic acid Aliphatic dicarboxylic acids such as tridecanedioic acid, tetradecanedioic acid, pentadecanedioic acid, and hexadecanedioic acid; cycloalkyl dicarboxylic acid (for example, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid , 1,2-cyclohexane dicarboxylic acid), 1,4-(2-norbornene) dicarboxylic acid, 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid (Nadic acid), adamantane dicarboxylic acid, spiro Alicyclic dicarboxylic acids such as heptane dicarboxylic acid; phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, dithioisophthalic acid, methyl isophthalic acid, dimethyl isophthalic acid, chloroisophthalic acid Formic acid, dichloroisophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, methyl terephthalic acid, dimethyl terephthalic acid, chloroterephthalic acid, bromoterephthalic acid, naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, fluorene dicarboxylic acid, Anthracene dicarboxylic acid, biphthalic acid, biphenylenedicarboxylic acid, dimethyl diphenylenedicarboxylic acid, 4,4"-p-phenylenedicarboxylic acid, 4,4"-terephthalic acid, bibenzyl Dicarboxylic acid, azophthalic acid, homophthalic acid, phenylene diacetic acid, phenylene dipropionic acid, naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, naphthalenedipropionic acid, felbinediacetic acid, biphenyldipropionic acid, 3, 3'-[4,4'-(methylene-bis-p-biphenyl) dipropionic acid], 4,4'-bibenzyl diacetic acid, 3,3'-(4,4'-bibenzyl) dipropylene Aromatic dicarboxylic acids such as acids, oxydi-p-phenylene diacetic acid; anhydrides of any of the above-mentioned polycarboxylic acids; esters of any of the above-mentioned polycarboxylic acids (for example, alkyl esters, which can be mono-ester or diester) Etc.); a halogen corresponding to any one of the above-mentioned polycarboxylic acids (such as dicarboxylic acid chloride); etc. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Preferred examples of compounds that can be used as the above-mentioned polycarboxylic acid components include aromatic dicarboxylic acids such as terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, and naphthalenedicarboxylic acid and their anhydrides; adipic acid, sebacic acid Aliphatic dicarboxylic acids such as azelaic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, nadic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid and their anhydrides; and the lower alkyl groups of the above-mentioned dicarboxylic acids Esters (for example, esters with monohydric alcohols with 1 to 3 carbon atoms) and the like. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). On the other hand, examples of compounds that can be used as the above-mentioned polyol component include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4- Butylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methylpentanediol, diethylene glycol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, 3- Methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3- Dihydric alcohols such as propylene glycol, benzenedimethanol, hydrogenated bisphenol A, and bisphenol A. As another example, alkylene oxide adducts of these compounds (for example, ethylene oxide adducts, propylene oxide adducts, etc.) can be cited. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The molecular weight of the above-mentioned polyester resin, in terms of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) in terms of standard polystyrene, can be, for example, 5×10 3 ～1.5×10 5 Around (preferably 1×10 4 ~6×10 4 about). In addition, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polyester resin can be, for example, 0°C to 120°C (preferably 10°C to 80°C). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). As the above-mentioned polyester resin, a commercially available Toyobo Co., Ltd. brand name "Vylonal" or the like can be used. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Within the range that does not significantly impair the performance of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein (such as antistatic properties), the top coating layer may further contain a resin selected from other than polyester resin (for example, selected from acrylic resin, acrylic- One or both of urethane resin, acrylic-styrene resin, acrylic-polysiloxane resin, polysiloxane resin, polysilazane resin, urethane resin, fluororesin, polyolefin resin, etc. More than one kind of resin) as a binder. As a preferred aspect of the technology disclosed here, the adhesive of the top coat substantially contains only polyester resin. For example, it is preferable that the ratio of polyester resin in the adhesive is 98-100% by mass for the top coat. The proportion of the adhesive in the entire topcoat layer can be set to, for example, 50 to 95% by mass, and it is generally appropriate to set it to 60 to 90% by mass. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Lubricant> The top coat in the technology disclosed here preferably uses fatty amide as a lubricant. By using aliphatic amide as a lubricant, even if no further peeling treatment is performed on the surface of the top coat (for example, coating a known peeling treatment agent such as polysiloxane-based release agent, long-chain alkyl-based release agent, etc., and drying In the aspect of processing), it is also possible to obtain a top coat that takes into account sufficient lubricity and printing adhesion, so it can be a better aspect. Such a state without further peeling treatment on the surface of the top coat can prevent the whitening caused by the peeling treatment agent (for example, the whitening caused by storage under heating and humidification). . In addition, it is also advantageous in terms of solvent resistance. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Specific examples of the above fatty amides include: lauryl amide, palm amide, stearyl amide, behenyl amide, hydroxystearyl amide, oleamide, erucamide, N-oleyl palm Amide, N-stearyl stearyl amine, N-stearyl oleyl amine, N-oleyl stearyl amine, N-stearyl erucyl amine, hydroxymethyl stearyl amine, Methyl bis-stearyl amide, ethylene bis-decyl amide, ethylene bis-lauric amide, ethylene bis-stearyl amide, ethylene bis-hydroxystearyl amide, ethylene bis-behenyl Amine, hexamethylene bisstearyl amide, hexamethylene bisbehenamide, hexamethylene bishydroxystearyl amide, N,N'-distearyl adipate diamide, N ,N'-Di Stearyl Sebacate Diacetamide, Ethylene Dioleyl Amide, Ethylene Dioleyl Amide, Hexamethylene Dioleyl Amide, N,N'-Dioleyl Hexane Diacid Diamide, N,N'-Dioleyl Sebacic Acid Diamide, Metaxylylene Distearylamide, Metaxylylene Dihydroxystearylamide, N,N '-Distearyl isophthalic acid diamide and so on. These lubricants can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The proportion of the lubricant in the entire top coat layer can be set to 1-50% by mass, and it is generally appropriate to set it to 5-40% by mass. If the content of the lubricant is too small, the lubricity tends to decrease. If the lubricant content is too high, the printing adhesion may sometimes decrease. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The technology disclosed here can be implemented in the form of a top coat containing other lubricants in addition to the above-mentioned fatty amides within the range that does not significantly impair its application effect. As examples of the other lubricants mentioned above, various waxes such as petroleum waxes (paraffin wax etc.), mineral waxes (montan wax etc.), higher fatty acids (ceramic acid etc.), and neutral fats (glyceryl tripalmitate etc.) can be mentioned. Alternatively, in addition to the above waxes, general silicone lubricants, fluorine lubricants, etc. may be additionally contained. The technique disclosed here can preferably be implemented in a state that does not substantially contain the aforementioned silicone-based lubricants, fluorine-based lubricants, and the like. However, to the extent that the application effect of the technology disclosed herein is not significantly impaired, it is not excluded to contain polysilicon used for purposes other than lubricants (for example, as a defoamer for the following top coat composition) Oxygen compounds. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Crosslinking agent> The above-mentioned top coat layer preferably contains an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent as a crosslinking agent. By using the above-mentioned isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, the water-soluble polyaniline sulfonic acid can be immobilized in the adhesive when forming the top coat, and the effects of excellent water resistance and improved printing adhesion can be achieved. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, a preferred aspect is to use a blocked isocyanate-based crosslinking agent that is also stable in an aqueous solution as the above-mentioned isocyanate-based crosslinking agent. As specific examples of the above-mentioned blocked isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, alcohols, phenols, thiophenols, amines, imines, oximes, endoamides, and active methylene compounds can be used. , Thiols, imines, ureas, diaryl compounds and sodium bisulfite, etc., which can be used in the preparation of general adhesive layers or top coats (for example, the following adhesive The isocyanate compound (isocyanate-based crosslinking agent) used in the agent layer is blocked. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The top coat in the technology disclosed here can contain antioxidants, colorants (pigments, dyes, etc.), fluidity regulators (thixotropic agents, thickeners, etc.), film-forming aids, and surfactants as needed. Antifoaming agent, etc.), preservatives, UV absorbers, dispersants, anti-blocking agents and other additives. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Formation of the top coat> The top coat can be suitably used with a liquid composition (face The coating composition) is applied to the resin layer to form. For example, a method of applying the above-mentioned top coating composition to the first surface of the resin layer, drying, and curing treatment (heat treatment, ultraviolet treatment, etc.) as necessary can be preferably used. The NV (non-volatile content) of the composition for the top coat layer can be set to, for example, 5 mass% or less (typically 0.05 to 5 mass%), and usually 1 mass% or less (typically 0.10 to 1 mass%). %) is more appropriate. In the case of forming a top coat with a small thickness, it is preferable to set the NV of the composition for the top coat to, for example, 0.05 to 0.50 mass% (for example, 0.10 to 0.40 mass%). By using such a low NV top coating composition, a more uniform top coating can be formed. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The solvent constituting the composition for the top coat layer (coating material for forming the top coat layer) is preferably one that can stably dissolve the forming components of the top coat layer. The above-mentioned solvent may be an organic solvent, water or a mixed solvent of these. As the organic solvent, for example, esters selected from ethyl acetate; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, and cyclohexanone; cyclic ethers such as tetrahydrofuran (THF) and dioxane; n-hexane can be used. Aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as alkanes and cyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; aliphatic or alicyclic alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, and cyclohexanol; Alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers (for example, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether), dialkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers and other glycol ethers; one or more of them. In a preferred aspect, the solvent of the top coating composition is water or a mixed solvent (for example, a mixed solvent of water and ethanol) having water as a main component. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). <Properties of the top coat> The thickness of the top coat in the technology disclosed herein is typically 3 nm to 500 nm, preferably 10 nm to 100 nm, and more preferably 20 nm to 60 nm. If the thickness of the top coat is too small, it will be difficult to form the top coat uniformly (for example, for the thickness of the top coat, the difference in thickness increases depending on the location), so the appearance of the adhesive sheet may sometimes be easy to produce Uneven. On the other hand, if the thickness is too thick, it may affect the characteristics (optical characteristics, dimensional stability, etc.) of the resin layer. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). In a preferred aspect of the adhesive sheet disclosed here, the surface resistivity (Ω/□) measured on the surface of the top coat is preferably less than 1.0×10 11 , More preferably less than 5.0×10 10 , More preferably less than 1.5×10 10 . The adhesive sheet exhibiting the surface resistivity within the above-mentioned range can be suitably used as an adhesive sheet used in the processing or transportation of items that avoid static electricity such as liquid crystal cells or semiconductor devices, for example. Furthermore, the above-mentioned surface resistivity can be calculated from the surface resistivity measured using a commercially available insulation resistance measuring device under an atmosphere of 23° C. and 50% RH. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The adhesive sheet disclosed herein preferably has the property that its back (surface of the top coat) can be easily printed with water-based ink or oil-based ink (for example, using an oil-based marker). The above-mentioned adhesive sheet is suitable for processing or transporting the adherend (such as optical parts) in the state where the adhesive sheet is attached. The identification number of the adherend as the object of protection is written on the above-mentioned adhesive sheet. Up and display. Therefore, it is preferably an adhesive sheet with excellent printability. For example, it is preferable to have high printability for oil-based inks in which the solvent is alcohol-based and contains pigments. In addition, it is preferable that the ink after printing is not easily removed by scratching or transfer (that is, the printing adhesion is excellent). The adhesive sheet disclosed herein further preferably has solvent resistance to such a degree that the appearance of the printing is not significantly changed even if the appearance of the printing is wiped with alcohol (for example, ethanol) when correcting or eliminating printing. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The adhesive sheet disclosed here can be implemented in a form that includes other layers in addition to the resin layer, the adhesive layer, the adhesive layer, and the top coat. Examples of the arrangement of the above-mentioned "other layers" include between the first surface (back surface) of the first resin layer and the top coat, and between the second surface (front surface) of the second resin layer and the adhesive layer. The layer arranged between the back surface of the first resin layer and the top coating layer may be, for example, a layer containing an antistatic component (the top coating layer described above). The layer arranged between the front surface of the second resin layer and the adhesive layer may be, for example, a primer layer (anchoring layer), a top coating layer, etc., which improve the anchoring property of the adhesive layer to the above-mentioned second surface. It can be an adhesive sheet with a top coating layer on the front surface of the second resin layer, an anchor layer on the top coating layer, and an adhesive layer on the top coating layer. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The optical member of the present invention is preferably protected by the above-mentioned adhesive sheet. The above-mentioned adhesive sheet is excellent in pick-up properties, so it can be used for surface protection purposes (adhesive sheet) during processing, transportation, shipment, etc., and is useful for protecting the surface of the above-mentioned optical member (polarizing plate, etc.). Especially when it has a top coat and when an antistatic component is blended in the adhesive layer, it can be used for plastic products that are prone to static electricity. Therefore, it is related to optical and electronic parts where static electricity becomes a particularly serious problem. In the technical field, it is very useful in anti-static applications. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, the total thickness of the adhesive sheet of the present invention is preferably 14 μm to 400 μm, more preferably 40 μm to 200 μm, and most preferably 55 μm to 100 μm. If it is in the above range, the adhesive properties (repeelability, adhesiveness, etc.), workability, etc. are excellent, which is a preferred aspect. Furthermore, the above-mentioned total thickness refers to the total thickness of all layers including the resin layer, adhesive layer, adhesive layer, and top coat. [Examples] Hereinafter, some examples related to the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not intended to be limited to those shown in the above-mentioned specific examples. Furthermore, in the following description, unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are quality standards. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, each characteristic in the following description is measured or evaluated as follows, respectively. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Measurement of weight average molecular weight (Mw)> The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was measured using a GPC device (HLC-8220GPC) manufactured by Tosoh Corporation. The measurement conditions are as follows. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Sample concentration: 0.2% by mass (THF solution) Sample injection volume: 10 μl Eluent: THF Flow rate: 0.6 ml/min Measurement temperature: 40°C Column: Sample column: TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H (1 piece)+TSKgel SuperHZM- H (2) Reference column: TSKgel SuperH-RC (1) Detector: Differential Refractometer (RI) There are other fonts used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters please set the new detailed font, English characters Please set to Times New Roman). In addition, the weight average molecular weight is calculated|required by the polystyrene conversion value. In addition, when it is necessary to measure the number average molecular weight (Mn), it is also measured in the same manner as the weight average molecular weight. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Glass transition temperature (Tg)> The glass transition temperature Tg (°C) is calculated by the following formula using the following literature value as the glass transition temperature Tgn (°C) of the homopolymer of each monomer. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Formula: 1/(Tg＋273)=Σ [Wn/(Tgn＋273)] [In the formula, Tg(℃) represents the glass transition temperature of the copolymer, Wn(-) represents the weight fraction of each monomer, and Tgn(℃) represents The glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of each monomer, n represents the type of each monomer]. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Literature value: 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA): -70°C n-butyl acrylate (BA): -55°C 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA): -15°C acrylic acid (AA): 106°C If other fonts are used, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). In addition, as literature values, refer to "Acrylic resin synthesis, design and new use prospects" (published by the Central Management Development Center Publishing Department) and "Polymer Handbook" (John Wiley & Sons), monomer manufacturer product catalog values. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). In addition, the glass transition temperature (Tg) (°C) of a (meth)acrylic polymer obtained from a monomer whose literature value is unknown is determined by dynamic viscoelasticity measurement in the following steps. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). First, the (meth)acrylic polymer sheet with a thickness of 20 μm is laminated to a thickness of about 2 mm, and the resulting object is punched into
Figure 02_image001
7.9 mm, make cylindrical pellets as a sample for glass transition temperature (Tg) measurement. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). Using the above-mentioned sample for measurement, fix the above-mentioned sample for measurement on
Figure 02_image001
On a 7.9 mm parallel plate fixture, use a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device (manufactured by Rheometrics, ARES) to measure the temperature dependence of the loss elastic modulus G". The temperature at which the obtained G" curve reaches the maximum is taken as the glass transition temperature (Tg )(℃). The measurement conditions are as follows. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). Measurement: Shear mode Temperature range: -70℃～150℃ Heating rate: 5℃/min Frequency: 1 Hz Other fonts are used in the file, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set For Times New Roman). <Thickness measurement> A digital micrometer (manufactured by Anritsu Co., Ltd., product name "KC-351C") was used for measurement. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). <Tensile strength> In accordance with JIS C 2318, it was measured using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, product name "Autograph"). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). <Storage Elastic Modulus of Adhesive Layer> The thickness of the adhesive layer is about 2 mm, and the resulting object is punched into
Figure 02_image001
7.9 mm, make a cylindrical pellet and use it as a sample for measurement. Using the above-mentioned sample for measurement, fix the above-mentioned sample for measurement on
Figure 02_image001
On a 7.9 mm parallel plate fixture, a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device (manufactured by Rheometrics, ARES) was used to measure the storage elastic modulus G'at 23°C. The measurement conditions are as follows. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). Measurement: Cut mode Frequency: 1 Hz Other fonts are used in the file, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). The storage elastic modulus (23℃) of the adhesive layer in the present invention is 1.0×10 4 Pa above and less than 5.0×10 7 Pa, preferably 1.0×10 4 Pa above and less than 1.0×10 7 Pa, more preferably 1.0×10 5 Pa above and less than 1.0×10 6 Pa. If it is within the above range, the pick-up of the adhesive sheet is good, which is a preferred aspect. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). <Measurement of surface resistivity> Under an atmosphere with a temperature of 23°C and a humidity of 50%RH, a resistivity meter (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Analytech, Hiresta UP MCP-HT450) was used to measure in accordance with JIS K 6911. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). Furthermore, as the surface resistivity (Ω/□) in the present invention, it is preferable to be non-existent at the initial stage and when left at room temperature (RT) (23°C×50%RH)×1 week (7 days). Up to 1.0×10 11 , More preferably less than 5.0×10 10 , More preferably less than 1.5×10 10 . The adhesive sheet exhibiting a surface resistivity within the above range can be suitably used as an adhesive sheet used in the processing or transportation of items that avoid static electricity, such as liquid crystal cells or semiconductor devices, for example. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Measurement of peeling electrostatic voltage (polarizing plate side)> The adhesive sheet 1 of each example was cut into a size of 70 mm in width and 130 mm in length, and after peeling off the release liner, as shown in Figure 2, the adhesive sheet 1 was crimped with a manual roller The polarizing plate 2 (Nitto Denko Corporation) laminated on the acrylic resin plate 3 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Corporation, trade name "ACRYLITE", thickness: 1 mm, width: 70 mm, length: 100 mm) after pre-static removal Manufacture, SEG1423DU polarizing plate, width: 70 mm, length: 100 mm) on the surface, so that the single end of the adhesive sheet 1 protrudes 30 mm from the edge of the polarizing plate 2. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). After placing the sample in an environment of 23°C×50%RH for 1 day, set it on a specific position of the sample fixing table 4 with a height of 20 mm. The end of the adhesive sheet 1 protruding 30 mm from the polarizing plate 2 was fixed on an automatic winding machine (not shown), and peeled under the conditions of a peeling angle of 150° and a peeling speed of 10 m/min. A potential measuring device 5 (manufactured by Kasuga Electric Co., Ltd., model "KSD-0103") fixed at a height of 100 mm from the center of the polarizing plate 2 was used to measure the potential of the surface of the adherend (polarizing plate) generated at this time as " The initial polarizing plate peels off the electrostatic voltage". The measurement is performed under an environment of 23°C and 50%RH. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The peeling electrostatic voltage (kV) (absolute value) in the present invention is preferably 1 or less, more preferably 0.9 or less, and still more preferably 0.5 or less. If it is within the above range, for example, damage to the liquid crystal driver can be prevented, which is a preferred aspect. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Backside adhesive force (A) measurement> As shown in Figure 3, the adhesive sheet 1 of each example was cut into a size of 70 mm in width and 100 mm in length, and the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet 1 (with an adhesive layer 20 side) 20A is fixed on SUS304 stainless steel plate 132 with double-sided adhesive tape 130. A single-sided adhesive tape with acrylic adhesive 162 (manufactured by Nitto Denko Co., Ltd., trade name "No. 31B", width 19 mm) 160 is cut to a length of 100 mm. The adhesive surface 162A of the adhesive tape 160 is crimped to the back side of the adhesive sheet 1 (that is, the surface of the top coat layer 14) 1A under the conditions of a pressure of 0.25 MPa and a speed of 0.3 m/min. Place the obtained object under the conditions of 23°C and 50%RH for 30 minutes. Then, using a universal tensile testing machine, the adhesive tape 160 was peeled from the back side 1A of the adhesive sheet 1 at a peeling speed of 0.3 m/min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees, and the adhesive force (A) at this time was measured [N/ 19 mm]. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Furthermore, the aforementioned backside adhesion (A) is preferably 3.0 N/19 mm or more, more preferably 4.0 N/19 mm or more, still more preferably 5.0 N/19 mm or more, most preferably 6.0 N/19 mm or more . If the above-mentioned adhesive force is less than 3.0 N/19 mm, sufficient adhesive force cannot be obtained, the pick-up property becomes poor, and the peeling workability of the protective film is reduced, which is not good. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Measurement of adhesion to polarizing plate (B)> A flat polarizing plate (TAC polarizing plate manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation, SEG1425DU) with a width of 70 mm and a length of 100 mm was prepared as the adherend. The adhesive sheet of each example was cut into a size of 25 mm in width and 100 mm in length, and the adhesive surface was crimped on the above-mentioned polarizing plate under the conditions of a pressure of 0.25 MPa and a speed of 0.3 m/min. After placing the obtained object in an environment of 23°C and 50%RH for 30 minutes, use a universal tensile testing machine in the same environment to remove the adhesive sheet from the above under the conditions of a peeling speed of 0.3 m/min and a peeling angle of 180°. The polarizing plate is peeled off, and the adhesive force (B) [N/25 mm] at this time is measured. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Furthermore, the aforementioned adhesive force (B) is preferably 3.0 N/25 mm or less, more preferably 2.5 N/25 mm or less, still more preferably 2.0 N/25 mm or less, particularly preferably 1.6 N/25 mm or less , The best is 1.0 N/25 mm or less. If the above-mentioned adhesive force exceeds 3.5 N/25 mm, the peeling workability is poor, so it is not good. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Adhesion after the protective film (adhesive sheet) is peeled off> The adhesive sheet of each example was crimped on a flat polarizing plate (TAC polarizing plate manufactured by Nitto Denko, SEG1425DU) at a pressure of 0.25 MPa and a speed of 0.3 m/min )superior. Then, after leaving it at room temperature for 1 day, the adhesive sheet was peeled off. Then, on the surface of the polarizing plate with the above-mentioned adhesive sheet, other fonts are used in the document at a temperature of 23℃, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman ). ×Put the adhesive surface of acrylic tape (manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation, No.31B) with a length of 70 mm and a width of 19 mm under a humidity of 50%, and crimp at 0.25 MPa, 300 mm/min, at a temperature of 23 There are other fonts used in the ℃ document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). ×After leaving for 30 minutes under a humidity of 50%, use a tensile testing machine to measure the 180° peel adhesion (temperature 23°C, humidity 50%RH, peel angle 180°, tensile speed 300 mm/min) [N/19 mm] , And evaluate the adhesiveness of the protective film (adhesive sheet) after peeling based on the adhesive force at this time. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Furthermore, the adhesive force of the protective film (adhesive sheet) after peeling is preferably 3 N/19 mm or more, more preferably 5 N/19 mm or more, and still more preferably 6.3 N/19 mm or more, particularly preferably It is 6.7 N/19 mm or more, the best is 6.9 N/19 mm or more. If the above-mentioned adhesive force is less than 3 N/19 mm, sufficient adhesive force cannot be obtained, the pick-up property is deteriorated, and the peeling workability of the protective film is reduced, which is not good. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Pickup> As shown in Figure 4, the adhesive sheet 1 of each example is cut into a size of 50 mm in width and 100 mm in length, and the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet 1 (the side where the adhesive layer 20 is provided) 20A Press 0.25 MPa pressure and 0.3 m/min speed on the flat polarizing plate (TAC polarizing plate manufactured by Nitto Denko, SEG1425DU) 50. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The single-sided adhesive tape 60 (manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation, trade name "No. 31B") was cut into a width of 10 mm and a length of 50 mm. The adhesive layer (adhesive surface) 62 of the adhesive tape 60 is crimped by hand on the center of the 50 mm width back of the adhesive sheet 1 (that is, the surface of the top coat layer 14) so that the end protrudes 30 mm. Place the obtained object under the conditions of 23°C and 50%RH for 10 seconds. Then, the single-sided adhesive tape 60 was peeled off by hand, and the peeling condition (pickup property) of the adhesive sheet 1 was evaluated. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The evaluation criterion is that the case where the adhesive sheet can be peeled is evaluated as ○, and the case where the adhesive sheet cannot be peeled off and the adhesive sheet remains is evaluated as ×. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Deflection amount> As shown in Figure 5, the adhesive sheet 1 of each example was cut into a size of 20 mm in width and 150 mm in length, and the adhesive sheet 1 was made by Nitto Denko Corporation with the adhesive surface facing the outside. No. 31B tape T fixes the end to the glass plate G. Measure the height H1 of the center position of the adhesive sheet at this time. Then, place a load L of 4.8 g at the center, and measure the height H2 of the center of the adhesive sheet at this time. The amount of deflection [mm] is obtained from the following formula. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Deflection = H1－H2[mm] Other fonts are used in the file, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). Furthermore, the aforementioned amount of deflection is preferably 30 mm or less, more preferably 25 mm or less, and still more preferably 20 mm or less. If the amount of deflection exceeds 30 mm, the optical member to which the adhesive sheet is attached is likely to bend during transportation, which is not good. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Hereinafter, the preparation method of the top coat, adhesive composition (adhesive solution), and adhesive sheet (surface protective film) will be explained. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). [Example 1] <Preparation of resin layer film (the order of the first resin layer, the adhesive layer, and the second resin layer)> Add butyl acrylate ( BA) 100 parts by mass, 5.0 parts by mass of acrylic acid (AA), 0.075 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (2HEA), 0.3 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile and ethyl acetate, all in a nitrogen stream The reaction was carried out at 60°C for 6 hours while stirring to obtain an acrylic polymer solution with a weight average molecular weight of 1.63 million. With respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer solid content of the acrylic polymer solution, 0.6 parts by mass of isocyanate-based polyfunctional compound (manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: Corona L), and silane coupling agent (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) are added. , Trade name: KBM403) 0.08 parts by mass to prepare an acrylic adhesive 1 composition solution. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). Coat the above-mentioned acrylic adhesive 1 composition solution on the polyester resin film (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., trade name: E5000, thickness: 38 μm, tensile strength: 208 MPa) as the resin layer, and keep it at 90°C Heating is performed to form an adhesive layer with a thickness of 20 μm. The storage elastic modulus of the obtained adhesive layer at 23℃ is 1.0×10 5 Pa. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Then, a polyester resin film (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., trade name: E5000, thickness: 38 μm, tensile strength: 208 MPa) was laminated on the adhesive layer to obtain a resin layer film with a thickness of 96 μm. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Preparation of Acrylic Adhesive 1 Solution> Put 95 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate ( HEA) 5 parts by mass, 0.2 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile as polymerization initiator, 150 parts by mass of ethyl acetate, while slowly stirring, while introducing nitrogen, keep the liquid temperature in the flask at 65 The polymerization reaction was performed for 6 hours in the vicinity of °C to prepare a (meth)acrylic polymer solution (40% by mass). The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic polymer is 550,000, and the glass transition temperature (Tg) is -68°C. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The above-mentioned (meth)acrylic polymer solution (40% by mass) was diluted with ethyl acetate to 20% by mass, and 500 parts by mass of the solution (100 parts by mass of solid content) was added as an alkylene oxide-containing compound 25R-1 (manufactured by ADEKA, trade name "ADEKA Pluronic 25R-1") 0.5 parts by mass (0.5 parts by mass of solid content), isocyanurate form of hexamethylene diisocyanate as a crosslinking agent (Japan Manufactured by Urethane Industrial Co., Ltd., brand name Coronaate HX(C/HX)) 4 parts by mass (solid content 4 parts by mass), dibutyltin dilaurate (1% by mass ethyl acetate solution) as a cross-linking catalyst 2 mass Parts (0.02 parts by mass of the solid content), mixed and stirred to prepare an acrylic adhesive 1 solution. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Preparation of Adhesive Sheet (Surface Protective Film)> Apply the above-mentioned acrylic adhesive 1 solution to the above-mentioned resin layer film (the order of the first resin layer, the adhesive layer, and the second resin layer), which is the opposite of the first resin layer On the surface, heat at 130°C for 1 minute to form an adhesive layer with a thickness of 20 μm. Then, a polysiloxane-treated surface of a polyethylene terephthalate film (thickness 25 μm), which was treated with polysiloxane on one side, was attached to the surface of the above-mentioned adhesive layer to produce an adhesive sheet ( Surface protection film). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). [Example 13] <Preparation of a solution for top coating (top coating 1)> Polyaniline as a conductive polymer and polyester resin Vylonal MD-1480 (25% aqueous solution, manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.) as a binder Sulfonic acid (aqua-PASS, weight average molecular weight 40,000, manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon), as a cross-linking agent, blocked with diisopropylamine in the isocyanurate form of hexamethylene diisocyanate, as a lubricant The oleamide is added to a mixed solvent of water/ethanol (1/3), 100 parts by mass of binder based on the solid content, 75 parts by mass of conductive polymer based on the solid content, and solid 10 parts by mass of the cross-linking agent based on the amount of the solid content and 30 parts by mass of the lubricant based on the amount of the solid content were stirred for about 20 minutes to fully mix. In this way, a solution for a top coat with an NV of about 0.4% (top coat 1) was prepared. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Preparation of resin layer film with top coat (the order of top coat, first resin layer, adhesive layer and second resin layer)> Perform corona treatment on one side of the above resin layer film and corona treatment Coat the surface with the above-mentioned top coating solution to make the thickness after drying be 30 nm. The coated product was heated at 130°C for 1 minute to dry, thereby producing a resin layer film with a top coating layer (the order of the top coating layer, the first resin layer, the adhesive layer, and the second resin layer). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). <Preparation of Adhesive Sheet (Surface Protective Film)> Apply the acrylic adhesive solution to the resin layer film with the top coat (the order of top coat, first resin layer, adhesive layer, and second resin layer) ) On the opposite side of the top coat, heat it at 130°C for 1 minute to form an adhesive layer with a thickness of 15 μm. Then, a polysiloxane-treated surface of a polyethylene terephthalate film (thickness 25 μm), which was treated with polysiloxane on one side, was attached to the surface of the above-mentioned adhesive layer to produce an adhesive sheet ( Surface protection film). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). [Examples 3 to 5] <Alkene oxide (AO) group-containing acrylic compound> To a four-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade, a thermometer, a nitrogen introduction tube, and a cooler, 120 parts by mass of toluene and 2,2'-couple were added Nitrogen bisisobutyronitrile was 10 parts by mass, and nitrogen was introduced while slowly stirring, and the liquid temperature was adjusted to 85°C. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). Next, while maintaining the liquid temperature at 85°C, 50 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 50 parts by mass of ethoxy-diethylene glycol acrylate, and α-methylstyrene dimer were slowly added over 2 hours. 10 parts by mass of the substance, and the polymerization reaction was carried out. After the addition, the polymerization reaction was performed for 1 hour while maintaining the liquid temperature at 85°C to prepare a solution (solid content: 42% by mass) containing an ethyleneoxy acrylic compound. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). The above-mentioned ethyleneoxy-containing acrylic compound solution (solid content: 42% by mass) was dried at 130°C for 1 hour to obtain an acrylic compound with an ethyleneoxy ratio of 23% by mass (solid content: 100% by mass) %). The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic compound was 3000. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). [Example 12] <Preparation of a urethane-based adhesive solution> PREMINOL S3015 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., Mn=15000) prepared as a polyol with three hydroxyl groups (OH groups) as a polyol with 100 mass Parts, 13 parts by mass of trimethylolpropane/toluene diisocyanate trimer adduct (manufactured by Japan Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: Corona L) as a polyfunctional isocyanate compound, as a triisocyanate-containing compound Polyoxyethylene stearate (manufactured by Daiichi Industrial Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., trade name: NOIGEN GIS-320, number average molecular weight (Mn): 2000, ethyleneoxy content 53%) 1 part by mass, 0.04 parts by mass of catalyst (manufactured by Nippon Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: Nasem ferrous iron), 210 parts by mass of ethyl acetate as a dilution solvent, stirred in a disperser to obtain a urethane-based adhesive combination物(Solution). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). <Preparation of Adhesive Sheet (Surface Protection Film)> Apply the above-mentioned urethane-based adhesive solution to the above-mentioned resin layer film (the order of the first resin layer, the adhesive layer, and the second resin layer) and the first The opposite side of the resin layer was heated at 130°C for 1 minute to form an adhesive layer with a thickness of 10 μm. Then, a polysiloxane-treated surface of a polyethylene terephthalate film (thickness 25 μm), which was treated with polysiloxane on one side, was attached to the surface of the above-mentioned adhesive layer to produce an adhesive sheet ( Surface protection film). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). [Comparative Example 3] <Preparation of the resin layer film (the order of the first resin layer, the adhesive layer, and the second resin layer)> Acrylic acid 2-ethyl was added to a reaction vessel equipped with a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a thermometer, and a stirring device 30 parts by mass of hexyl hexyl ester (2EHA), 70 parts by mass of methyl acrylate (MA), 10 parts by mass of acrylic acid (AA), 0.2 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile and ethyl acetate, one side in nitrogen The reaction was carried out at 60°C for 6 hours while stirring under air flow to obtain an acrylic polymer solution with a weight average molecular weight of 1.1 million. To 100 parts by mass of the polymer solid content of the acrylic polymer solution, 1.0 part by mass of epoxy compound [manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Corporation, TETRAD-C] and urethane acrylate compound [Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Produced by the company, UV-1700B] 40 parts by mass, acrylate compound [manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD DPCA-120] 40 parts by mass, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (trade name: IRGACURE 184) [Ciba Jing Chemical Co., Ltd.] 7 parts by mass to prepare an acrylic adhesive 2 composition solution. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). A polyester resin film (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., trade name: E5000, thickness: 38 μm, tensile strength: 208 MPa) as a resin layer was coated with the above-mentioned acrylic adhesive 2 composition solution and kept at 90°C Heat down to form an adhesive layer with a thickness of 12 μm. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). Then, a polyester resin film (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., trade name: E5000, thickness: 38 μm, tensile strength: 208 MPa) was laminated on the adhesive layer, and a high-pressure mercury lamp was used to accumulate light intensity of 0.5 J/cm 2 UV irradiation was performed to harden the adhesive layer, thereby obtaining a resin layer film with a thickness of 88 μm. The storage elastic modulus of the obtained adhesive layer at 23℃ is 6.7×10 7 Pa. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). [Examples 2 to 14 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2] Based on the blending contents of Tables 1 to 3, an adhesive sheet (surface protective film) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. Furthermore, in the case of compounding antistatic components, it is compounded at the same timing as the AO group-containing compound. In Example 14, the adhesive sheet was prepared by the same method as in Example 13. In addition, in Comparative Example 2, only the second resin layer shown in Table 4 was used instead of the resin layer film. Furthermore, the blending amount in the table indicates the solid content. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). The above-mentioned various measurements and evaluations were performed on the adhesive sheets of the Examples and Comparative Examples, and the results are shown in Tables 4-6. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). [Table 1] Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman).
Figure 108123674-A0304-0001
[Table 2] Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman).
Figure 108123674-A0304-0002
Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). [Table 3] Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman).
Figure 108123674-A0304-0003
Furthermore, the abbreviations in Table 2 and Table 3 are explained as follows. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). 2EHA: 2-ethylhexyl acrylate BA: n-butyl acrylate HEA: 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate AA: Acrylic acid 25R-1: manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., trade name "ADEKA Pluronic 25R-1" (number average molecular weight 2800 , Ethyleneoxy content 10% by mass) 17R-4: ADEKA Co., Ltd. product, trade name "ADEKA Pluronic 17R-4" (number average molecular weight 2500, ethyleneoxy content 40% by mass) HS-10: Manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Pharmaceutical Company, polyoxyethylene nonylpropenyl phenyl ether ammonium sulfate, trade name "Aqualon HS-10" (molecular weight 798, ethylene oxide content rate 55% by mass) C/HX: Hexa Isocyanurate form of methyl diisocyanate (manufactured by Japan Polyurethane Co., Ltd., trade name: Coronaate HX) D201: Hexamethylene diisocyanate-based bifunctional isocyanate (manufactured by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd., trade name: Duranate D-201) BMP: 1-Butyl-3-methylpyridinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide (ionic liquid, liquid at 25°C, Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) LiTFSI: Bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) Base) Lithium imide (alkali metal salt, manufactured by Kishida Chemical Co., Ltd.) Polyester resin 25 μm: manufactured by Teijin DuPont Co., Ltd., trade name: G2, tensile strength: 261 MPa Polyester resin 38 μm: Toyobo Co., Ltd. Manufacture, trade name: E5000, tensile strength: 208 MPa Polyester resin 75 μm: Toyobo Co., trade name: E5000, tensile strength: 188 MPa [Table 4] Other fonts are used in the file, please adjust the font ( Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman).
Figure 108123674-A0304-0004
[Table 5] Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman).
Figure 108123674-A0304-0005
[Table 6] Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman).
Figure 108123674-A0304-0006
From the above evaluation results, it can be confirmed that in all the examples, by using the required thickness ratio, or the storage elastic modulus of the adhesive layer, the adhesive layer of the adhesive layer, the adhesive properties (adhesiveness, etc.), Or the pick-up is excellent. On the other hand, in the comparative example, since the adhesive sheet having the required thickness ratio or the adhesive layer was not used, it was not obtained that satisfies all the characteristics. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the font (Chinese characters should be set as the new detailed font, English characters should be set as Times New Roman). [Industrial Applicability] The adhesive sheet disclosed here is suitable for use as an optical component for liquid crystal display panels, plasma display panels (PDP), organic electroluminescence (EL) displays, touch panel displays, etc. Adhesive sheet (surface protective film) used to protect optical components during the manufacture and transportation of components. In particular, it is used as an adhesive sheet (optical Adhesive sheets) are more useful.

1‧‧‧黏著片材(表面保護膜) 1A‧‧‧面塗層之表面 2‧‧‧偏光板 3‧‧‧丙烯酸系樹脂板 4‧‧‧固定台 5‧‧‧電位測定器 6‧‧‧第一樹脂層 7‧‧‧接著層 8‧‧‧第二樹脂層 12‧‧‧樹脂層膜(第一樹脂層＋接著層＋第二樹脂層) 14‧‧‧面塗層 20‧‧‧黏著劑層 20A‧‧‧黏著面 50‧‧‧平面偏光板 60‧‧‧單面黏著帶 62‧‧‧黏著劑層(黏著面) 64‧‧‧基材 130‧‧‧雙面黏著帶 132‧‧‧不鏽鋼板 160‧‧‧單面黏著帶 162‧‧‧丙烯酸系黏著劑(黏著劑層) 162A‧‧‧黏著面 164‧‧‧樹脂層膜(第一樹脂層＋接著層＋第二樹脂層) G‧‧‧玻璃板 H‧‧‧距離中心位置之高度 L‧‧‧荷重 T‧‧‧No.31B膠帶 1‧‧‧Adhesive sheet (surface protective film) 1A‧‧‧The surface of the top coat 2‧‧‧Polarizer 3‧‧‧Acrylic resin board 4‧‧‧Fixed table 5‧‧‧Potentiometer 6‧‧‧First resin layer 7‧‧‧Next layer 8‧‧‧Second resin layer 12‧‧‧Resin layer film (first resin layer+adhesive layer+second resin layer) 14‧‧‧Face coating 20‧‧‧Adhesive layer 20A‧‧‧Adhesive surface 50‧‧‧Planar Polarizing Plate 60‧‧‧Single-sided adhesive tape 62‧‧‧Adhesive layer (adhesive surface) 64‧‧‧Substrate 130‧‧‧Double-sided adhesive tape 132‧‧‧Stainless steel plate 160‧‧‧Single-sided adhesive tape 162‧‧‧Acrylic adhesive (adhesive layer) 162A‧‧‧Adhesive surface 164‧‧‧Resin layer film (first resin layer + adhesive layer + second resin layer) G‧‧‧Glass plate H‧‧‧The height from the center L‧‧‧Load T‧‧‧No.31B tape

圖1係本發明之較佳實施形態之保護膜之概略剖視圖。 圖2係說明剝離靜電電壓之測定方法之說明圖。 圖3係說明背面黏著力(A)之測定方法之說明圖。 圖4係說明一實施態樣之黏著片材之剝離方法之說明圖。 圖5係說明撓曲量之測定方法之說明圖。 文件中有使用其他字體，請調整字體（中文字請設定為新細明體、英文字請設定為Times New Roman）。Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a protective film of a preferred embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 2 is an explanatory diagram illustrating the method of measuring the peeling electrostatic voltage. Figure 3 is an explanatory diagram illustrating the method of measuring the backside adhesion (A). Fig. 4 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a peeling method of an adhesive sheet of an embodiment. Fig. 5 is an explanatory diagram illustrating the method of measuring the amount of deflection. Other fonts are used in the document, please adjust the fonts (Chinese characters should be set to the new detailed font, English characters should be set to Times New Roman).

1‧‧‧黏著片材(表面保護膜) 1‧‧‧Adhesive sheet (surface protective film)

6‧‧‧第一樹脂層 6‧‧‧First resin layer

7‧‧‧接著層 7‧‧‧Next layer

8‧‧‧第二樹脂層 8‧‧‧Second resin layer

14‧‧‧面塗層 14‧‧‧Face coating

20‧‧‧黏著劑層 20‧‧‧Adhesive layer

Claims (6)

一種黏著片材，其特徵在於，依序具有第一樹脂層、接著層、第二樹脂層及由黏著劑組合物形成之黏著劑層，上述接著層之厚度相對於上述第一樹脂層之厚度與上述第二樹脂層之厚度之和的比值為0.50以下，上述接著層之23℃下之儲存彈性模數為1.0×104Pa以上且未達5.0×107Pa，上述黏著劑組合物含有含環氧烷基化合物及離子性化合物，上述含環氧烷基化合物係選自由具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之非離子性界面活性劑、具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之陰離子性界面活性劑、具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之陽離子性界面活性劑、具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之兩性離子性界面活性劑、具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之聚醚化合物及其衍生物、具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之酯化合物及其衍生物、具有聚氧伸烷基鏈之丙烯酸系化合物及其衍生物、以及調配含聚氧伸烷基鏈單體而成之丙烯酸系聚合物所組成之群中之至少一種，上述離子性化合物為防靜電成分，且上述離子性化合物為鹼金屬鹽及/或熔點100℃以下之離子液體。 An adhesive sheet, characterized in that it has a first resin layer, an adhesive layer, a second resin layer, and an adhesive layer formed of an adhesive composition in this order, and the thickness of the adhesive layer is relative to the thickness of the first resin layer The ratio to the sum of the thickness of the second resin layer is 0.50 or less, the storage elastic modulus of the adhesive layer at 23°C is 1.0×10 4 Pa or more and less than 5.0×10 7 Pa, and the adhesive composition contains An alkylene oxide-containing compound and an ionic compound. The alkylene oxide-containing compound is selected from nonionic surfactants having polyoxyalkylene chains, anionic surfactants having polyoxyalkylene chains, Cationic surfactant with polyoxyalkylene chain, zwitterionic surfactant with polyoxyalkylene chain, polyether compound with polyoxyalkylene chain and its derivatives, with polyoxyalkylene chain One of the group consisting of ester compounds and their derivatives with base chains, acrylic compounds and their derivatives with polyoxyalkylene chains, and acrylic polymers prepared by blending monomers containing polyoxyalkylene chains At least one type, the ionic compound is an antistatic component, and the ionic compound is an alkali metal salt and/or an ionic liquid with a melting point of 100°C or less. 如請求項1之黏著片材，其中上述第一樹脂層之與具有上述黏著劑層之面相反側之面上具有面塗層，上述面塗層係由含有作為導電性聚合物成分之聚苯胺磺酸、作為黏合劑成分之聚酯樹脂及作為交聯劑之異氰酸酯系化合物之面塗層用組合物形成者。 The adhesive sheet of claim 1, wherein the surface of the first resin layer opposite to the surface having the adhesive layer has a top coat, and the top coat is made of polyaniline as a conductive polymer component Forming composition for top coat of sulfonic acid, polyester resin as binder component and isocyanate compound as crosslinking agent. 如請求項2之黏著片材，其中上述面塗層用組合物進而含有作為潤滑劑之脂肪醯胺。 The adhesive sheet of claim 2, wherein the composition for top coating further contains fatty amide as a lubricant. 如請求項1之黏著片材，其中上述樹脂層中之至少一者為聚酯膜。 The adhesive sheet of claim 1, wherein at least one of the above-mentioned resin layers is a polyester film. 如請求項1之黏著片材，其中上述黏著劑組合物含有丙烯酸系黏著劑及/或胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。 The adhesive sheet of claim 1, wherein the adhesive composition contains an acrylic adhesive and/or a urethane adhesive. 一種光學構件，其特徵在於，其由如請求項1至5中任一項之黏著片材保護。 An optical member characterized in that it is protected by an adhesive sheet as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 5.
TW108123674A 2014-12-25 2015-12-21 Adhesive sheets and optical components TWI749340B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014263563A JP6704671B2 (en) 2014-12-25 2014-12-25 Adhesive sheet and optical member
JP2014-263563 2014-12-25

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201938733A TW201938733A (en) 2019-10-01
TWI749340B true TWI749340B (en) 2021-12-11

Family

ID=56296225

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108123674A TWI749340B (en) 2014-12-25 2015-12-21 Adhesive sheets and optical components
TW104143003A TWI668291B (en) 2014-12-25 2015-12-21 Adhesive sheet and optical components

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104143003A TWI668291B (en) 2014-12-25 2015-12-21 Adhesive sheet and optical components

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6704671B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102476959B1 (en)
CN (1) CN105733459A (en)
TW (2) TWI749340B (en)

Families Citing this family (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6893124B2 (en) * 2016-07-14 2021-06-23 日東電工株式会社 Resin composition, resin layer, and laminated sheet
WO2018012161A1 (en) * 2016-07-14 2018-01-18 日東電工株式会社 Resin composition, resin layer, and laminated sheet
JP2018028974A (en) * 2016-08-15 2018-02-22 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive composition for organic el display device, adhesive layer for organic el display device, polarizing film with adhesive layer for organic el display device, and organic el display device
JP6855743B2 (en) * 2016-10-14 2021-04-07 東洋インキＳｃホールディングス株式会社 Adhesives and adhesive sheets
JP2018077355A (en) * 2016-11-09 2018-05-17 日東電工株式会社 Multilayer optical film and image display device
KR101992002B1 (en) * 2016-11-25 2019-06-21 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Adhesive film for polarizing plate, polarizing plate comprising the same and optical display apparatus comprising the same
JP6371921B1 (en) * 2017-01-31 2018-08-08 バンドー化学株式会社 Optical transparent adhesive sheet, optical transparent adhesive sheet manufacturing method, laminate, and bonded structure
JP2018135438A (en) * 2017-02-21 2018-08-30 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive layer, and optical film with adhesive layer
JP6725448B2 (en) * 2017-04-07 2020-07-15 藤森工業株式会社 Adhesive composition and adhesive film
WO2019097960A1 (en) * 2017-11-17 2019-05-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Liquid crystal display device, polarizing plate and image display device
JP7067188B2 (en) * 2018-03-28 2022-05-16 東洋インキＳｃホールディングス株式会社 Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
JP7105633B2 (en) * 2018-06-28 2022-07-25 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive sheet, and optical member
WO2020137947A1 (en) * 2018-12-28 2020-07-02 リンテック株式会社 Film-like adhesive, laminate sheet, composite sheet, and manufacturing method for laminate
JP2020113389A (en) * 2019-01-09 2020-07-27 株式会社東海理化電機製作所 Method for manufacturing organic EL device
JP7568395B2 (en) * 2019-11-27 2024-10-16 日本カーバイド工業株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition for polarizing plate, pressure-sensitive adhesive layer-attached polarizing plate, optical member, and display device
JP7411520B2 (en) 2020-09-02 2024-01-11 日東電工株式会社 Polarizing plate, polarizing plate with retardation layer, and organic electroluminescent display device
CN115368851B (en) * 2021-12-17 2024-03-22 湖州绿田新材料有限公司 Acrylic adhesive and application thereof

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102027086A (en) * 2008-05-12 2011-04-20 日东电工株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, method of processing adherend with the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, and apparatus for stripping pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet

Family Cites Families (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2763338B2 (en) * 1989-07-21 1998-06-11 ダイセル化学工業株式会社 Antistatic film
MY136978A (en) * 1998-06-22 2008-12-31 Toyo Boseki Highly antistatic laminate
JP2003334911A (en) 2002-05-21 2003-11-25 Mitsubishi Polyester Film Copp Display surface protecting film
JP2005068214A (en) * 2003-08-28 2005-03-17 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Pressure-sensitive adhesive film for sticker and sticker
JP2007038664A (en) * 2005-06-30 2007-02-15 Techno Polymer Co Ltd Laminate using resin composition for stretch-forming and its manufacturing method
JP5259940B2 (en) * 2005-09-05 2013-08-07 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive sheet and surface protective film
JP5194616B2 (en) * 2007-07-31 2013-05-08 大日本印刷株式会社 Adhesive composition, sheet-like composite filter for plasma display using the adhesive composition, and plasma display panel display device
JP5087372B2 (en) * 2007-11-19 2012-12-05 日東電工株式会社 Resin laminate, pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, method of processing an adherend using the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, and apparatus for peeling the same
TW201005066A (en) * 2008-05-12 2010-02-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co Adhering film
JP2010134436A (en) * 2008-10-31 2010-06-17 Toray Advanced Film Co Ltd Filter for display
JP5623020B2 (en) * 2009-02-27 2014-11-12 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive layer, and adhesive sheet
JP2011006644A (en) * 2009-06-29 2011-01-13 Konishi Co Ltd Removable re-adhesion type self-adhesive sheet to be stuck to structure surface such as floor
JP2012035431A (en) * 2010-08-04 2012-02-23 Lintec Corp Adhesive sheet for protective films
JP5723618B2 (en) * 2011-02-04 2015-05-27 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive sheet and surface protective film
CN102911629B (en) * 2011-08-05 2015-11-25 日东电工株式会社 Binder composition, binder layer and adhesive sheet
JP5461640B2 (en) * 2011-09-05 2014-04-02 日東電工株式会社 Protective film and polarizing plate with protective film
WO2013146820A1 (en) * 2012-03-30 2013-10-03 株式会社 きもと Sheet to be applied to window
JP6230233B2 (en) * 2012-04-23 2017-11-15 日東電工株式会社 Surface protection film
JP5969375B2 (en) * 2012-12-18 2016-08-17 オリジン電気株式会社 UV-curable adhesive composition and laminate using the same
JP6613565B2 (en) * 2013-05-16 2019-12-04 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Conductive composition, conductor, laminate and manufacturing method thereof, conductive film, and solid electrolytic capacitor

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102027086A (en) * 2008-05-12 2011-04-20 日东电工株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, method of processing adherend with the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, and apparatus for stripping pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20160078886A (en) 2016-07-05
JP6704671B2 (en) 2020-06-03
JP2016121309A (en) 2016-07-07
CN105733459A (en) 2016-07-06
KR102476959B1 (en) 2022-12-14
TWI668291B (en) 2019-08-11
TW201938733A (en) 2019-10-01
TW201631086A (en) 2016-09-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI749340B (en) Adhesive sheets and optical components
TWI688634B (en) Adhesive sheets and optical components
TWI688884B (en) Surface protective film, method for manufacturing surface protective film, and optical component
TWI708824B (en) Adhesive sheet, and optical component
JP6697876B2 (en) Protective film for transparent conductive film and laminate
JP6419467B2 (en) Adhesive composition, adhesive sheet, and optical member
TWI706020B (en) Adhesive sheet and optical component
JP6594636B2 (en) Adhesive sheet and optical member
JP6636590B2 (en) Surface protective film, method for producing surface protective film, and optical member
JPWO2018056167A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, and optical member
JP6698133B2 (en) Adhesive composition, adhesive sheet, and optical member